You are on page 1of 205

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL B

This manual provides information on the electrical circuits installed on vehicles


by dividing them into a circuit for each system.

The actual wiring of each system circuit is shown from the point where the power
source is received from the battery as far as each ground point. (All circuit
diagrams are shown with the switches in the OFF position.)

When troubleshooting any problem, first understand the operation of the circuit
where the problem was detected (see System Circuit section), the power source
supplying power to that circuit (see Power Source section), and the ground
points (see Ground Points section). See the System Outline to understand the
circuit operation.

When the circuit operation is understood, begin troubleshooting of the problem


circuit to isolate the cause. Use Relay Location and Electrical Wiring Routing
sections to find each part, junction block and wiring harness connectors, wiring
harness and wiring harness connectors, splice points, and ground points of each
system circuit. Internal wiring for each junction block is also provided for better
understanding of connection within a junction block.
Wiring related to each system is indicated in each system circuit by arrows
(from ,to ). When overall connections are required, see the Overall Electrical
Wiring Diagram at the end of this manual.

3
B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual


circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.

4
B

A : System Title J : Indicates the wiring color.


Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.
B : Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and only the
Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it from the J/B. B = Black L = Black R = Red
BR = Brown LG = Light Green V = Violet
Example: 1 Indicates Relay Block No. 1. G = Green O = Orange W = White
GR = Gray P = Pink Y = Yellow
C : Indicates the connector to be connected to a
part (the numeral indicates the pin No.) The first letter indicates the basic wire color and the second
Explanation of pin use. letter indicates the color of the stripe.
Example: L–Y
(blue) (yellow)
K : Indicates a wiring Splice Point (Codes are “E” for
the Engine Room, “I” for the Instrument Panel,
and “B” for the Body).
The pins shown are only for the highest grade, or only
include those in the specification. Example:

D : Connector Color Connectors not indicated are milky


white in color:

E : ( ) is used to indicate different wiring and connector, etc.


when the vehicle model, engine type, or specification is
different.
The Location of Splice Point I 5 is indicated by the shaded
F : Indicates related system. section.
G : Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harness L : Page No.
connector. The wiring harness with male terminal is
shown with arrows ( vv). M : Indicates a shielded cable.

N : Indicates a ground point.

The first letter of the code for each wiring harness and wiring The first letter of the code for each ground point(s) indicates
harness connector(s) indicates thecomponent’s location, e.g, the component’s location, e.g. “E” for the Engine
“E” for the Engine Compartment, “I” for the Instrument Panel Compartment, “I” for the Instrument Panel and Surrounding
and Surrounding area, and “B” for the Body and Surrounding area, and “B” for the Body and Surrounding area.
area.
O : Indicates the pin number of the connector.
When more than one code has the first and second letters in
The numbering system is different for female and male
common, followed by numbers (e.g, IH1, IH2), this indicates
connectors.
the same type of wiring harness and wiring harness connector.
lower right lower left
H : Represents a part (all parts are shown in sky
blue). The code is the same as the code used in
parts position.

I : Junction Block (The number in the circle is the


J/B No. and the connector code is shown beside
it). Junction Blocks are shaded to clearly
separate them from other parts.
P : When 2 parts both use one connector in common, the parts
Example: connector name used in the wire routing section is shown in
3B indicates square brackets [ ].
that it is inside
Junction Block
No. 3.

5
B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
SYSTEM OUTLINE
Q WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL
RELAY AND TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE.
1. DRIVER’S WINDOW “MANUAL UP” OPERATION BY MASTER SW
HOLDING MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION LOCATED IN POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW CON-
TROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW  TERMINAL 2 TO OPERATE A POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE RELAY
FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY  TERMINAL 1  TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR  TERMINAL 1  TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY  TERMI-
NAL 3  TO GROUND. THE MOTOR TURNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS STOPPED AND THE WINDOWS CAN STOP AT
WILL POINT.
(FOR THE “MANUAL DOWN” OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOW ARE CHANGED).
2. DRIVER’S WINDOW “AUTO DOWN” OPERATION BY MASTER SW
ONCE THE “AUTO DOWN” BUTTON OF THE MASTER SW IS PUSHED, THE CURRENT FLOW TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3
OF THE MASTER SW TERMINALS 8 AND 9 TO OPERATE THE RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF
THE RELAY  TERMINAL 4  TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR  TERMINAL 2  TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY  TERMINAL 3  TO GROUND. THE
MOTOR CONTINUES THE ROTATION ENABLING TO DESCENT THE WINDOW.
THE WINDOW DESCENDS TO THE END POSITION. THE CURRENT WILL BE CUT OFF TO RELEASE THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION BASED ON THE INCREASING CURRENT
BETWEEN TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY AND TERMINAL 1 IN RELAY.
3. DRIVER’S WINDOW AUTO DOWN RELEASE OPERATION BY MASTER SW
HOLDING THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION IN OPERATING AUTO DOWN. THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 2
FLOWS TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY AND RELEASES THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION IN THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. RELEASING THE HAND FROM SW, WINDOW
STOPS AND CONTINUING ON TOUCHING SW. THE FUNCTION SWITCHES TO MANUAL UP OPERATION.
4. PASSENGER’S WINDOW UP OPERATION (MASTER SW) AND WINDOW LOCK SW OPERATION
HOLDING PASSENGER’S WINDOW SW (MASTER SW) ON “UP”, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 6 TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE
POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S)  TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL  2 OF THE MOTOR  TERMINAL 1  TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW  TERMINAL 7 
TERMINAL 1 OF THE MASTER SW  TERMINAL 4 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR RUNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS
STOPPED AND WINDOW CAN STOP AT WILL PLACE. SWITCHING THE WINDOW LOCK SW IN “LOCK” POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS OPENED AND STOPPED THE MOTOR ROTA-
TION.
R (FOR THE DOWN OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).
SERVICE HINTS

P 2 POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY


3–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
2–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
5–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE MASTER SW AT UP POSITION
8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE MASTER SW AT AUTO DOWN POSITION
9–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND THE MASTER SW AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION
P 4 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
4–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
WINDOW LOCK SW
OPEN WITH THE WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION
S
: PARTS LOCATION

CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE


P2 21 P4 21 P6 21
P3 21 P5 21
T
: RELAY BLOCKS

CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCK (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)


1 16 R/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
U
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
38 14 J/B NO. 3 AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE)
V
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS

CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID1 26 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IH1 26 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
W
: GROUND POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINT LOCATION


IC 24 COWL LEFT
X
: SPLICE POINTS

CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I5 24 COWL WIRE

6
B

Q : Explains the system outline.

R : Indicates values or explain the function for reference during troubleshooting.

S : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of the parts in the system circuit.
Example: Part “P 4” (Power Window Master SW) is on page 21 of the manual.
* The letter in the code is from the first letter of the part, and the number indicates its order in
parts starting with the letter.
Example: P 4
Part is 4th in order
Power Window Master SW

T : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of Relay Block Connectors in the system
circuit.
Example: Connector “1” is described on page 16 on this manual and is installed on the left side of the
instrument panel.

U : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of J/B and Wire Harness in the system
circuit.
Example: Connector “3B”connects the Cowl Wire and J/B No. 3. It is described on page 14 of this manual,
and is installed on the instrument panel left side.

V : Indicates the reference page describing the wiring harness and wiring harness connector (the female wiring
harness is shown first, followed by the male wiring harness).
Example: Connector “ID1”connects the front door RH wire (female) and cowl wire (male). It is described
on page 26 of this manual, and is installed on the right side kick panel.

W : Indicates the reference page showing the position of the ground points on the vehicle.
Example: Ground point “IC” is described on page 24 of this manual and is installed on the cowl left side.

X : Indicates the reference page showing the position of the splice points on the vehicle.
Example: Splice point “I 5” is on the Cowl Wire Harness and is described on page 24 of this manual.
HINTS:
Junction connector (code: J1 to J19) in this manual
include a short terminal which is connected to a
number of wire harnesses. Always perform inspec-
tion with the short terminal installed. (When instal-
ling the wire harnesses, the harnesses can be con-
nected to any position within the short terminal
grouping. Accordingly, in other vehicles, the same
position in the short terminal may be connected to
a wire harness from a different part.)
Wire harness sharing the same short terminal
grouping have the same color.

7
B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

The “Current Flow Chart” section, describes which parts each power source (fuses, fusible links, and circuit
breakers) transmits current to. In the Power Source circuit diagram, the conditions when battery power is
supplied to each system are explained. Since all System Circuit diagrams start from the power source, the power
source system must be fully understood.

H POWER SOURCE (CURRENT FLOW CHART)

The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link, Circuit Breaker, Fuse,
etc.) and other parts.
The next page and following pages shown the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.

POWER SOURCE

8 * The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
B

The ground points circuit diagram shows the connections from all major parts to the respective ground points.
When troubleshooting a faulty ground point, checking the system circuits which use a common ground may
help you identify the problem ground quickly. The relationship between ground points ( EA , IB and IC
shown below) can also be checked this way.

9
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
A INTRODUCTION
This manual consists of the following 11 sections:

No. Section Description

INDEX Index of the contents of this manual.


A

INTRODUCTION Brief explanation of each section.

B HOW TO USE
THIS MANUAL Instructions on how to use this manual.

C TROUBLE– Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits.


SHOOTING

D ABBREVIATIONS Defines the abbreviations used in this manual.

GLOSSARY OF
E TERMS AND Defines the symbols and functions of major parts.
SYMBOLS

F RELAY LOCATIONS Shows position of the Electronic Control Unit, Relays, Relay Block, etc.
This section is closely related to the system circuit.

G ELECTRICAL Describes position of Parts Connectors, Splice points, Ground points, etc.
WIRING ROUTING This section is closely related to the system circuit.

H POWER SOURCE Describes power distribution from the power supply to various electrical
(Current Flow Chart) loads.

INDEX Index of the system circuits.

Electrical circuits of each system are shown from the power supply through
I SYSTEM CIRCUITS ground points. Wiring connections and their positions are shown and
classified by code according to the connection method. (Refer to the
section, “How to sue this manual”). The “System Outline” and “Service
Hints” useful for troubleshooting are also contained in this section.

J GROUND POINTS Shows ground positions of all the parts decribed in this manual.

OVERALL
ELECTRICAL Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections.
K
WIRING DIAGRAM

2
C TROUBLESHOOTING

VOLTAGE CHECK
(a) Establish conditions in which voltage is
check point.
Example:
A – Ignition SW on
B – Ignition SW and SW 1 on
C – Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (SW2 off)
(b) Using a voltmeter, connect the negative lead to a
ground point or negative battery terminal, and a
positive lead to the connector or component terminal.
This check can be done with a test light instead of a
voltmeter.

CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK


(a) Disconnect the battery terminal or wire so there is no
voltage between the check points.
(b) Contact the two leads of an ohmmeter to each of the
check point.

If the circuit has diodes, reverse the two leads and check
again.
When contacting the negative lead to the diode positive side
and the positive lead to the negative side, there should be
continuity.
When contacting the two leads in reverse, there should be
no continuity.

(c) Use the volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10kΩ/V


minimum) for troubleshooting of the electrical circuit.

10
C

FINDING A SHORT CIRCUIT


(a) Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads of the
fuse.
(b) Connect a test light in place of the fuse.
(c) Establish conditions in which the test light comes on.
Example:
A – Ignition SW on
B – Ignition SW and SW 1 on
C – Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (Connect the
Relay) and SW 2 off (or Disconnect SW 2)
(d) Disconnect and reconnect the connectors while watching
the test light.
The short lies between the connector where the test
light stays lit and the connector where the light goes
out.
(e) Find the exact location of the short by lightly shaking
the problem wire along the body.
CAUTION:
(a) Do not open the cover or the case of the ECU unless
absolutely necessary. (If the IC terminals are touched,
the IC may be destroyed by static electricity.)
(b) When replacing the internal mechanism (ECU part) of
the digital meter, be careful that no part of your body
or clothing comes in contact with the terminals of
leads from the IC, etc. of the replacement part (spare
part).

DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALE


CONNECTORS
To pull apart the connectors, pull on the connector itself, not the
wire harness.

HINT: Check to see what kind of connector you are disconnecting


before pulling apart.

11
C TROUBLESHOOTING

HOW TO REPLACE TERMINAL


(with terminal retainer or secondary locking
device)
1 PREPARE THE SPECIAL TOOL
HINT: To remove the terminal from the connector, please
construct and use the special tool or like object shown
on the left.

2. DISCONNECT CONNECTOR

3. DISENGAGE THE SECONDARY LOCKING DEVICE OR


TERMINAL RETAINER
(a) Locking device must be disengaged before the terminal
locking clip can be released and the terminal removed
from the connector.

(b) Use a special tool or the terminal pick to unlock the


secondary locking device or terminal retainer.

NOTICE:
Do not remove the terminal retainer from connector body.

1 For Non–Waterproof Type Connector

HINT: The needle insertion position varies according to


the connector’s shape (number of terminals
etc.), so check the position before inserting it.

“Case 1”
Raise the terminal retainer up to the temporary
lock position.

“Case 2”
Open the secondary locking device.

12
C

B For Waterproof Type Connector

HINT: Terminal retainer color is different


according to connector body.
Example:
Terminal Retainer :Connector Body:
Black or White :Gray
Black or White :Dark Gray
Gray or White :Black

“Case 1”
Type where terminal retainer is
pulled up to the temporary lock
position (Pull Type).

Insert the special tool into the


terminal retainer access hole (Mark)
and pull the terminal retainer up to
the temporary lock position.

HINT: The needle insertion position varies


according to the connector’s shape
(number of terminals etc.), so check
the position before inserting it.

“Case 2”
Type which cannot be pulled as far as
Power Lock insert the tool straight
into the access hole of terminal
retainer as shown.

13
C TROUBLESHOOTING

Push the terminal retainer down to the temporary lock


position.

(c) Release the locking lug from terminal and pull the
terminal out from rear.

4. INSTALL TERMINAL TO CONNECTOR


(a) Insert the terminal.
HINT:
1. Make sure the terminal is positioned correctly.
2. Insert the terminal until the locking lug locks firmly.
3. Insert the terminal with terminal retainer in the
temporary lock position.

(b) Push the secondary locking device or terminal retainer


into the full lock position.

5. CONNECT CONNECTOR

14
ABBREVIATIONS D

ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations are used in this manual.
ABS = Anti–Lock Brake System
A/C = Air Conditioning
A/T = Automatic Transaxle
COMB. = Combination
ECU = Electronic Control Unit
ESA = Electronic Spark Advance
FL = Fusible Link
IAC = Idle Air Control
IC = Integrated Circuit
J/B = Junction Block
LH = Left–Hand
M/T = Manual Transaxle
O/D = Overdrive
ORVR = On–Board Refueling Vapor Recovery
R/B = Relay Block
RH = Right–Hand
SFI = Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection
SRS = Supplemental Restraint System
SW = Switch
TEMP. = Temperature
VSV = Vacuum Switching Valve
w/ = With
w/o = Without

* The titles given inside the components are the names of the terminals (terminal codes) and are
not treated as being abbreviations.
15
E GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS

BATTERY GROUND
Stores chemical energy and The point at which wiring attaches
converts it into electrical energy. to the Body, thereby providing a
Provides DC current for the return path for an electrical circuit;
auto’s various electrical circuits. without a ground, current cannot
flow.

CAPACITOR (Condenser) HEADLIGHTS


Current flow causes a headlight
A small holding unit for temporary 1. SINGLE filament to heat up and emit light.
storage of electrical voltage. FILAMENT A headlight may have either a
single (1) filament or a double (2)
CIGARETTE LIGHTER filament.
An electric resistance heating 2. DOUBLE
element. FILAMENT

CIRCUIT BREAKER HORN


Basically a reusable fuse, a circuit An electric device which sounds a
breaker will heat and open if too loud audible signal.
much current flows through it.
Some units automatically reset when
cool, others must be manually reset.

DIODE IGNITION COIL


A semiconductor which allows Convert low–voltage DC current
current flow in only one direction. into high–voltage ingition current
for firing the spark plugs.
DIODE, ZENER
A diode which allows current
LIGHT
flow in one direction but blocks
Current flow through a filament
reverse flow only up to a specific
causes the filament to heat up
voltage. Above that potential, it
and emit light.
passes the excess voltage.
This acts as a simple voltage
regulator.

PHOTODIODE LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE)


The photodiode is a Upon current flow, these diodes
semiconductor which controls the emit light without producing the
current flow according to the heat of a comparable light.
amount of light.
METER, ANALOG
DISTRIBUTOR, IIA Current flow activates a magnetic
Channels high–voltage current coil which causes a needle to
from the ignition coil to the move, thereby providing a relative
individual spark plugs. display against a background
calibration.
FUSE METER, DIGITAL
A thin metal strip which burns Current flow activates one or
through when too much current many LED’s, LCD’s, or fluoresent
FUEL
flows through it, thereby stop– displays, which provide a relative
ping current flow and protecting a or digital display.
circuit from damage.
FUSIBLE LINK
(for Medium Current Fuse) A heavy–gauge wire placed in MOTOR
high amperage circuits which A power unit which converts
burns through on overloads, M electrical energy into mechanical
thereby protecting the circuit. energy, especially rotary motion.
(for High Current Fuse or
Fusible Link.)
The numbers indicate the cross–
16 section surface area of the wires.
E

RELAY Basically, an electrically SPEAKER


1. NORMALLY operated switch which An electromechanical device
CLOSED may be normally closed which creates sound waves from
(1) or open (2). Current current flow.
flow through a small
coil creates a magnetic
2. NORMALLY
OPEN field which either opens
SWITCH, MANUAL Open and
or closes an attached
switch. 1. NORMALLY
closes circuits,
OPEN thereby
stopping (1) or
allowing (2)
RELAY, DOUBLE THROW current flow.
A relay which passes current 2. NORMALLY
through one set of contacts or the CLOSED
other.

RESISTOR
An electrical component with a SWITCH, DOUBLE THROW
A switch which continuously
fixed resistance, placed in a circuit
to reduce voltage to a specific passes cureent through one set of
contacts or the other.
value.

RESISTOR, TAPPED SWITCH,


A resistor which supplies two or IGNITION
more different non adjustable A key operated switch with several
resistance values. positions which allows various
circuits, particularly the primary
RESISTOR, VARIABLE or ignition circuit, to become
RHEOSTAT operational.
A controllable resistor with a
variable rate of resistance.
Also called a potentiometer or
rheostat.

SENSOR (Thermistor) SWITCH, WIPER PARK


A resistor which varies its Automatically returns wipers to
resistance with temperature. the stop position when the wiper
switch is turned off.

SENSOR, SPEED TRANSISTOR


Uses magnetic impulses to open A solid state device typically used
and close a switch to create a as an electronic relay; stops or
signal for activation of other passes current depending on the
components. voltage applied at “base.”

WIRES Wires are always


SHORT PIN drawn as straight lines
(1) NOT
Used to provide an unbroken on wiring diagrams.
CONNECTED
connection within a juction block. Crossed wires (1)
without a black dot at
the junction are not
joined;
SOLENOID crossed wires (2) and
An electromagnetic coil which a black dot or
(2) SPLICED
forms a magnetic field when octagonal ( ) mark at
current flows, to move a plunger, the juction as spliced
etc. (joined) connections. 17
F RELAY LOCATIONS
[Engine Compartment]

ABS Actuator
and ECU

Engine Room
J/B

Fusible Link
Block

Engine Room Engine Room


R/B No.6 R/B No.5

[Body]
Moon Roof Control Relay

18
F
[Instrument Panel]

19
F RELAY LOCATIONS
1 : Driver Side R/B Left Kick Panel (See Page 19)

5 : Engine Room R/B No. 5 Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18)

20
F

6 : Engine Room R/B No. 6 Radiator Support RH (See Page 18)

21
F RELAY LOCATIONS
: Instrument Panel J/B Lower Finish Panel (See Page 19)

22
F

(Inner Circuit: See Page 30)

23
F RELAY LOCATIONS
: Driver Side J/B Left Kick Panel (See Page 19)

24
F

(Inner Circuit: See Page 31)

25
F RELAY LOCATIONS
: Engine Room J/B Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18)

*1: HEAD (RH) or HEAD (RH–UPR)


*2: HEAD (LH) or HEAD (LH–UPR)
*3: EFI or F–HTR

26
F

(Inner Circuit: See Page 32)

27
F RELAY LOCATIONS
: Center J/B Behind the Combination Meter (See Page 19)

(Inner Circuit: See Page 33)

28
MEMO

29
F RELAY LOCATIONS

[Instrument Panel J/B Inner Circuit] *1: DEF I–UP/M–HTR

30
F

[Driver Side J/B Inner Circuit]

31
F RELAY LOCATIONS

[Engine Room J/B Inner Circuit] *1: HEAD (RH) or HEAD (RH–UPR)
*2: HEAD (LH) or HEAD (LH–UPR)
*3: EFI or F–HTR

32
F

[Center J/B Inner Circuit]

33
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

Position of Parts in Engine Compartment

A1 A/C Condenser Fan Motor D1 Data Link Connector 1


A2 A/C Magnetic Clutch and Lock Sensor
A3 A/C Triple Pressure SW E1 Electronically Controlled Transmission Solenoid
(A/C Dual and Single Pressure SW) E2 Engine Coolant Temp.
A4 ABS Actuator and ECU Sensor and Water Temp. Sender
A5 ABS Speed Sensor Front LH E3 Engine Hood Courtesy SW
A6 ABS Speed Sensor Front RH
A7 Airbag Sensor Front LH F1 Front Turn Signal and Parking Light LH
A8 Airbag Sensor Front RH F2 Front Turn Signal and Parking Light RH
A9 Ambient Temp. Sensor F3 Front Wiper Motor
F4 Fusible Link Block
B1 Back–Up Light SW
B2 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW G1 Generator
G2 Generator
C1 Camshaft Position Sensor
C2 Carnakshaft Position Sensor
C3 Cruise Control Actuator

34
G
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment

H1 Headlight LH P1 Park/Neutral Position SW


H2 Headlight RH P2 Power Steering Oil Pressure SW
H3 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1)
H4 Horn R1 Radiator Fan Motor

I1 Idle Air Control Valve S1 Starter


I2 Ignition Coil and Igniter No. 1 S2 Starter
I3 Ignition Coil and Igniter No. 2
I4 Injector No. 1 T1 Theft Deterrent Horn
I5 Injector No. 2 T2 Throttle Position Sensor
I6 Injector No. 3
I7 Injector No. 4 V1 Vehicle Speed Sensor
I8 Intake Air Temp. Sensor V2 VSV (ORVR)

K1 Knock Sensor W1 Washer Level Warning SW


W2 Washer Motor
M1 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor W3 Water Temp. SW (Radiator Fan)

O1 Oil Pressure SW

35
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

Position of Parts in Instrument Panel

A10 A/C Amplifier C13 Combination Meter


A11 A/C Evaporator Temp. Sensor C14 Combination Meter
A12 A/C SW C15 Combination SW
A13 Airbag Squib (Front Passenger Airbag Assembly) C16 Combination SW
A14 Airbag Squib (Steering Wheel Pad) C17 Combination SW
A15 Ashtray Illumination C18 Cruise Control Clutch SW
A16 Automatic Light Control Sensor C19 Cruise Control ECU

B3 Blower Motor D2 Data Link Connector 3


B4 Blower Resistor D3 Daytime Running Light Relay (Main)
B5 Blower SW D4 Diode (Daytime Running Light)
D5 Diode (Door Courtesy)
C4 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly
C5 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly E4 Engine Control Module
C6 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly E5 Engine Control Module
C7 Cigarette Lighter E6 Engine Control Module
C8 Cigarette Lighter Illumination
C9 Clock H5 Hazard SW
C10 Clutch Start SW H6 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2)
C11 Combination Meter
C12 Combination Meter

36
G

Position of Parts in Instrument Panel

I9 Ignition Key Cylinder Light


P3 Parking Brake SW
I10 Ignition SW
I11 Intergration Relay
R2 Radio and Player
I12 Intergration Relay
R3 Radio and Player
R4 Rear Window Defogger SW
J1 Junction Connector
R5 Remote Control Mirror SW
J2 Junction Connector
R6 Rheostat
J3 Junction Connector
J4 Junction Connector
S3 Shift Lock ECU
J5 Junction Connector
S4 Side Airbag Squib LH
J6 Junction Connector
S5 Side Airbag Squib RH
J7 Junction Connector
S6 Stop Light SW
J8 Junction Connector
J9 Junction Connector
T3 Theft Deterrent ECU
J10 Junction Connector
T4 Theft Deterrent ECU
J11 Junction Connector
J12 Junction Connector
U1 Unlock Warning SW and Key Interlock Solenoid
J13 Junction Connector
J14 Junction Connector

N1 Noise Filter (Ignition)

O2 O/D SW 37
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

Position of Parts in Body

A17 ABS Speed Sensor Rear LH D21 Door Lock Motor and Door Key Lock and Unlock
A18 ABS Speed Sensor Rear RH SW Front RH

B6 Back–Up Light LH F5 Front Door Speaker LH


B7 Back–Up Light RH F6 Front Door Speaker RH
F7 Fuel Pump and Sender
D6 Door Courtesy SW Front LH
D7 Door Courtesy SW Front RH H7 High Mounted Stop Light
D8 Door Courtesy SW Rear LH
D9 Door Courtesy SW Rear RH I13 Interior Light
D10 Door Key Lock and Unlock SW LH
D11 Door Key Lock and Unlock SW RH J15 Junction Connector
D12 Door Lock Control SW LH J16 Junction Connector
D13 Door Lock COntrol SW RH J17 Junction Connector
D14 Door Lock Motor and Ulock Detection SW Front LH J18 Junction Connector
D15 Door Lock Motor or Unlock Detection Sw Front RH J19 Junction Connector
D16 Door Lock Motor or Unlock Detection SW Front LH
D17 Door Lock Motor or Unlock Detection SW Rear RH
D18 Door Lock Motor Rear LH
D19 Door Lock Motor Rear RH
D20 Door Lock Motor, Unlock Detection SW and Door
Key Lock and Unlock SW Front LH
38
G

Position of Parts in Body

L1 License Plate Light R7 Rear Combination Light LH


L2 Luggage Compartment Key Unlock SW R8 Rear Combination Light RH
L3 Luggage Compartment Light R9 Rear Speaker LH
L4 Luggage Compartment Light SW R10 Rear Speaker RH
R11 Rear Window Defogger (+)
M2 Moon Roof Control Relay R12 Rear Window Defogger (–)
M3 Moon Roof Control SW R13 Remote Control Mirror LH
M4 Moon Roof Motor and Limit SW R14 Remote Control Mirror RH

P4 Power Window Control SW Front RH S7 Seat Belt Retractor SW


P5 Power Window Control SW Rear LH S8 Side Airbag Sensor LH
P6 Power Window Control SW Rear RH S9 Side Airbag Sensor RH
P7 Power Window Master SW
P8 Power Window Motor Front LH V3 Vapor Pressure Sensor
P9 Power Window Motor Front RH V4 VSV (Vapor Pressure Sensor)
P10 Power Window Motor Rear LH
P11 Power Window Motor Rear RH
P12 Pretensioner LH
P13 Pretensioner RH

39
ABS
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)

10A
ECU–IG

5 IA

B–Y
R

R
R

1 2 8
50A ABS

+BM +BS IG1


F4 SLH1
FUSIBLE
LINK SLH2
BLOCK
SLR
100A ALT

SRH1

SRH2
1
SRR
B

SR
E1
MT

MR
GND2 GND1
L

A4 16 17
ABS ACTUATOR AND ECU

FL MAIN
2. 0L
W–B

W–B

W–B
(*1)

(*2)

A
J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
W–B

W–B
(* 1)

(* 2)

BATTERY

W–B

EB

158
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58) R–L

D1
2 D DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1

TC TS E1
15A 10A
STOP GAUGE 11 16 3

ABS WARNING LIGHT

P–B

BR
C13 C , C14 D

L
[COMB. METER]
INTEGRATION
9 9 IL1 10 IL1

I11 A

RELAY
7 IC

P–B
9 A
R–W

L
G–W

CONNECTOR
R–L
C

JUNCTION
2 11 C
STOP LIGHT SW

1 1E 2 3C 5 3C

W–R

J13
C

9 IK1

P–B

L
8 1B 1 3D 18 3B
S6

1
G–W

W–R
G–W R–L

6 IH1 7 IB1 8 IB1 9 IB1


* 1 : TMMC MADE
G–W

W–R

P–B

L
* 2 : NUMMI MADE
A4
11 ABS ACTUATOR AND ECU 24 10 23
STP

WA

TS
TC

BR
RR+

RR–
FR+

FR–

RL+

RL–
FL+

FL–

21 20 6 5 19 18 4 3
BR
W
G
R

10 IB1 11 IB1 5 IB1 4 IB1 13 IB1 14 IB1


BR
V

4 IC1 9 IC1 1 IC1 3 IC1


BR
W
G
R

2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2
BR

A5 A6 A17 A18
ABS SPEED SENSOR ABS SPEED SENSOR ABS SPEED SENSOR ABS SPEED SENSOR
FRONT LH FRONT RH REAR LH REAR RH
EC

159
ABS
SYSTEM OUTLINE
ABS is a brake system designed to improve the operating ability and securing the stability of the vehicle by preventing the
lock–up of the vehicle by controlling the wheel cylinder pressure of all the four wheels at the time of sudden braking.
1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) Speed sensor signal
The speed of the wheels is detected and input to TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+, and RR+ of the ABS actuator and ECU.
(2) Stop light SW signal
A signal is input to TERMINAL STP of the ABS actuator and ECU when brake pedal is depressed.
2. SYSTEM OPERATION
When the wheels are locked–up, the solenoid inside the actuator is controlled by the signal from the ABS actuator and ECU,
and the brake fluid in the wheel cylinder will flow through the reservoir and reduce the hydraulic pressure.
While the ABS is in operation, as the ABS actuator and ECU always outputs the operation signal to the pump inside the
actuator, and the brake fluid stored inside the reservoir will be sucked up by the pump inside the actuator and returned to the
master cylinder.
When the hydraulic pressure of the wheel cylinder is decompressed or increased until the necessary hydraulic pressure, the
solenoid inside the actuator is controlled by the control signal from the ABS actuator and ECU and as a result, hydraulic
pressure of the wheel cylinder will be closed at both the master cylinder and reservoir sides routes, and the hydraulic pressure
of the wheel cylinder will be in the hold condition.
If increase of the hydraulic pressure volume of the wheel cylinder becomes necessary, the control signals from the ABS
actuator and ECU control the solenoid inside the actuator, to resume to the mormal condition. Thus the brake fluid of the
master cylinder will be sent to the wheel cylinder and will increase the hydraulic pressure of the wheel cylinder. At this time, in
the case that the brake fluid is left in the reservoir, it will be sucked up by the pump inside the actuator and will be sent to the
wheel cylinder.

SERVICE HINTS
A5, A6 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH, RH
2–1 : 1.4 –1.8 kΩ (25°C, 77°F)
A17, A18 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR LH, RH
1–2 : 1.05 –1.45 kΩ (25°C, 77°F)
A4 ABS ACTUATOR AND ECU
(Connect the ABS actuator and ECU connectors)
23–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position and the data link connector 1,
TC–E1 TS–E1 not connected
10–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position and the data link connector 1,
TC–E1 TS–E1 not connected
16, 17–GROUND : Always continuity
8, 24–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
11–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the brake pedal depressed
1, 2–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts

160
: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A4 34 C13 C 36 J1 37
A5 34 C14 D 36 J13 37
A6 34 D1 34 S6 37
A17 38 F4 34
A18 38 I11 A 37

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA 22 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
IC 22 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1B 25 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1E 24 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
3B
3C 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Behind
( the Combination Meter))
3D

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IB1 42 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side R/B)
IC1 42 Floor Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)
IH1 42 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Lower Finish Panel)
IK1 44 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
IL1 44 Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EB 40 Front Side of the Left Fender
EC 40 Cylinder Head

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
E1 40 Engine Room Main Wire

161
ABS
A4 BLACK A5, A6 A17 GRAY A18 GRAY

1 2 2 1 2 1
3 4 5 6 X 8 X
1 2
10 11 X X X X
16 17
18 19 20 21 X 23 24

C13 (C) BLUE (USA, Puerto Rico) C14 (D) GRAY (Canada) C14 (D) GRAY

    X   X   11   X 2  X X  X    X 2  X   X   

D1 BLACK F4 I11 (A)


(See Page 26)

      X X 9   
X X 3 X  X X
X
X  X X 11 X

 X X X 16 X X X X

J1 J13 (w/ Cruise Control) S6 BLUE (w/o Cruise Control) S6 BLUE

A A A A A
A A A A AA A    C C
      C C 1 2 1 2
(Hint : See Page 7)   X X

(Hint : See Page 7)

162
BACK–UP LIGHT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)

10A
GAUGE

9
I11 A
INTEGRATION
RELAY
9 A
R–L

5 3C

4 3D
R–L

E A

J 9 A , J10 B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
D B

R–L
(M/T)
R–L

(A/T)

2 A (4A/T)
2 6 B (3A/T)
P 1 A , B
B1 BACK–UP R
BACK–UP LIGHT SW
LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL 8 A (4A/T)
POSITION S W] 5 B (3A/T)
(A/T)

1
R–B

C
(M/T)
R–B

R–B C
(A/T)
J11
10 IJ1 JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
R–B

9 1E

4 1F
R–B

E
J18 E R–B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
E
R–B

2 2
B6 B7
BACK–UP BACK–UP
LIGHT LH LIGHT RH
1 1
W–B

A
J19 A W–B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
W–B

BI

110
SERVICE HINTS
P1 (A), (B) BACK–UP LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW] (A/T)
(A) 2, (B) 6–(A) 8, (B) 5 : Closed with the shift lever at R position
B1 BACK–UP LIGHT SW (M/T)
2–1 : Closed with the shift lever at R position

: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
B1 34 J9 A 37 J19 38
B6 38 J10 B 37 A 35
P1
B7 38 J11 37 B 35
I11 A 37 J18 38

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1E 24 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1F 24 Floor Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
3C
28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Behind the Combination Meter)
3D

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IJ1 44 Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Instrument Panel Brace LH)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location


BI 46 Under the Left Quarter Pillar

B1 GRAY B6, B7 I11 (A) J9 (A) BLACK

1 2       X X 9    X X    
1 2
   E E E

(Hint : See Page 7)

J10 (B) BLACK J11 J18 DARK GRAY

       C C C        X X X
    X X E E E         
           
D D D   

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)


(Hint : See Page 7)

J19 BLUE (4A/T) P1 (A) GRAY (3A/T) P1 (B) GRAY

A A A A A
A A A A A A A
X 2  
 
X 8 X 
(Hint : See Page 7) X   X
5 6 X  X

111
CRUISE CONTROL
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)

10A
GAUGE

9
I11 A
INTEGRATION 2 ID
RELAY
9 A
R–L R–L

(M/T)
R–L
R–L
(A/T)

CRUISE CONTROL
E A 4 3D 5 3C 2 A (4A/T) 1

CLUTCH SW
6 B (3A/T)

A/T SHIFT LEVER


J 9 A , J10 B

[PARK/NEUTRAL
POSITION SW]
POSITION SW
D

B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR

C18
P1 A ,
10 A (4A/T)
D B D B 18 3B 8 B (3A/T) 2

(M/T)
L–B
R–L
(A/T)

(A/T)
R–L

R–L

L–B
A
15 J13
L–B A
IL1 JUNCTION
(A/T) CONNECTOR
A

19 18 4
V–W V–W
3B 3A IK1
V–W

V–W
R–L

L–B
9 C 2 D 12 3
C11 A , C12 B , C13 C , C14 D

SPD D
CRUISE CONTROL ECU
SPEEDOMETER
COMBINATION METER

CRUISE

C19

PI CMS CCS
10 C 4 C 15 B 7 A 4 11 10
R–W

G–R

G–R
W–L

W–L

G–B
BR

18 IJ2 19 IJ2 6 IK1 7 IK1 5 IK1


R–W

G–R
W–L

W–L

G–B

3 2 5 4
SI SE CMS CCS
CRUISE

RESUME/
ACCEL
CRUISE CONTROL SW

R–L 1 IG+

SET/
[COMB. SW]

V1 COAST
VEHICLE SPEED
SENSOR
C16

CANCEL

EP
3
BR

11
IG W–B W–B
IK1

152
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)

10A 15A
ECU–IG STOP

8 ID 7 IC

R–W
E4 A , E5 B , E6 C
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
IDLO OD1 S2
3 C 12 B 22 A

(4A/T)
BR–Y
F
J12

(4A/T)
R–W
L–W
B–Y

JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
F
J13

(4A/T)
BR–Y
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
P–B C
7 IL1 11 IL1 6 IL1
C
(4A/T)

(4A/T)
BR–Y
R–W
L–W

P–B

P–B
C19
CRUISE CONTROL ECU 9 13 14 6 5

R–W
B IDL OD ECT TC 9 IL1

P–B
11

DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1


TC

MC MO L STP– GND E1
7 15 8 2 16 3
R–W
D1
G–B

G–W

W–B

BR

3 2

S6
R–G
R–B

STOP LIGHT
SW

4 1 11 1C
8
G–W
R–Y

1B
2 1 3
MC MO L

C3
CRUISE CONTROL
ACTUATOR
M
W–B

W–B

W–B

J14
GND
W–B

W–B

JUNCTION
BR

CONNECTOR A A A
4
W–B W–B A

A
W–B W–B IH ID EC

153
CRUISE CONTROL
SYSTEM OUTLINE
The current is applied at all times through the STOP fuse to TERMINAL 2 of the stop light SW.
With the ignition SW turned to on, the current flows through the GAUGE fuse to TERMINAL 9 of the integration relay to
TERMINAL (A) 9 to TERMINAL (D) 2 of the combination meter and the current through the ECU–IG fuse flows to TERMINAL
9 of the cruise control ECU.
When the ignition SW is on and the CRUISE SW is turned on, a signal is input from TERMINAL 5 of the cruise control SW to
TERMINAL 11 of the cruise control ECU. As a result, the cruise control ECU functions and the current flows from the ECU–IG
fuse to TERMINAL 9 of the cruise control ECU to TERMINAL 16 of the cruise control ECU to GROUND, and the cruise control
system is in a condition ready for operation.
At the same time, the current through the GAUGE fuse flows to TERMINAL 9 of the integration relay to TERMINAL (A) 9 to
TERMINAL (D) 2 of the cruise control indicator light to TERMINAL (A) 7 to TERMINAL 4 of the cruise control ECU to
TERMINAL 16 to GROUND, causing the cruise control indicator light to light up, indicating that cruise control is ready for
operation.
1. SET OPERATION
When the CRUISE SW is turned on and the SET SW is pushed with the vehicle speed within the set limit (Approx. 40 km/h, 25
mph to 200 km/h, 124 mph), a signal is input to TERMINAL 10 of the cruise control ECU, and the vehicle speed at the time the
SET SW is released is memorized in the ECU as the set speed.
2. SET SPEED CONTROL
During cruise control driving, the ECU compares the set speed memorized in the ECU with the actual vehicle speed input into
TERMINAL 12 of the cruise control ECU from the vehicle speed sensor via combination meter, and controls the cruise control
actuator to maintain the set speed.
When the actual speed is lower than the set speed, the ECU causes the current to the cruise control actuator to flow from
TERMINAL 15 of the cruise control ECU to TERMINAL 1 of the cruise control actuator to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 7 of the
cruise control ECU. As a result, the motor in the cruise control actuator is rotated to open the throttle valve and the throttle
cable is pulled to increase the vehicle speed. When the actual driving speed is higher than the set speed, the current to the
cruise control actuator flows from TERMINAL 7 of the ECU to TERMINAL 2 of the cruise control actuator to TERMINAL 1 to
TERMINAL 15 of the cruise control ECU.
This causes the motor in the cruise control actuator to rotate to close the throttle valve and return the throttle cable to decrease
the vehicle speed.
3. COAST CONTROL
During cruise control driving, while the COAST SW is on, the cruise control actuator returns the throttle cable to close the
throttle valve and decrease the driving speed. The vehicle speed when the COAST SW is turned off is memorized, and the
vehicle continues at the new set speed.
4. ACCEL CONTROL
During cruise control driving, while the ACCEL SW is turned on, the cruise control actuator pulls the throttle cable to open the
throttle valve and increase the driving speed.
The vehicle speed when the ACCEL SW is turned off is memorized and the vehicle continues at the new set speed.
5. RESUME CONTROL
Unless the vehicle speed falls below the minimum speed limit (Approx. 40km/h, 25mph) after canceling the set speed by the
CANCEL SW, pushing the RESUME SW will cause the vehicle to resume the speed set before cancellation.
6. MANUAL CANCEL MECHANISM
If any of the following operations occurs during cruise control operation, the magnetic clutch of the actuator turns off and the
motor rotates to close the throttle valve and the cruise control is released.
∗ Placing the shift lever to positions except ”D” position (Park/Neutral position SW except ”D” position)(A/T), depressing the
clutch pedal (Cruise control clutch SW off)(M/T). ”Signal is not input to TERMINAL 3 of the ECU”
∗ Depressing the brake pedal (Stop light SW on). ”Signal input to TERMINAL 2 of the ECU”
∗ Pushing the CANCEL SW (CANCEL SW on). ”Signal input to TERMINAL 10 of the ECU”
∗ Pushing the CRUISE SW off ”signal input to TERMINAL 11 of the ECU”.

154
7. TAP–UP CONTROL FUNCTION
When the difference between the actual vehicle speed and the set speed is less than 5 km/h (3 mph), the set speed can be
increased 1.6 km/h (1 mph) each time by operating the RESUME/ACCEL SW quickly within 0.6 seconds.
8. TAP–DOWN CONTROL FUNCTION
When the difference between the actual vehicle speed and the set speed is less than 5 km/h (3 mph), the set speed can be
lowered 1.6 km/h (1 mph) each time by operating the SET/COAST SW quickly within 0.6 seconds.
9. AUTO CANCEL FUNCTION
A) If any of the following operating conditions occurs during cruise control operation, the set speed is erased, current flow to
the magnetic clutch is stopped and the cruise control is released, (CRUISE SW turns off).
When this occurs, the ignition SW must be turned off once before the CRUISE SW will turn on.
∗ When current continues to flow to the motor inside the actuator in the throttle valve ”OPEN” direction.
∗ The motor does not operate despite the motor drive signal being output.
B) If any of the following operating conditions occurs during cruise control operation, the set speed is erased, current flow to
the magnetic clutch is stopped and the cruise control is released. (CRUISE SW turn off).
When this occurs, the cancel state is cleared as the CRUISE SW will turn on again.
∗ Over current to transistor driving the motor or the magnetic clutch.
∗ Open circuit in the magnetic clutch.
∗ Momentary interruption of vehicle speed signal.
∗ Short circuit in the cruise control SW.
C) If any of the following conditions occurs during cruise control operation, the set speed is erased and the cruise control is
released. (The power to the magnetic clutch is cut off until the SET SW is ”ON” again.)
∗ When the vehicle speed falls below the minimum speed limit, approx. 40 km/h (25 mph)
∗ When power to the cruise control system is momentarily cut off.
10. AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE CONTROL FUNCTION
∗ In overdrive. If the vehicle speed becomes lower than the overdrive cut speed (Set speed minus approx. 4 km/h, 2.5 mph)
during cruise control operation, such as driving up a hill, the overdrive is released and the power is increased to prevent a
reduction in vehicle speed.
∗ After releasing the overdrive, if the vehicle speed becomes higher than the overdrive return speed (Set speed minus approx.
2 km/h, 1.2 mph) and the ECU judges by the signals from the actuator’s potentiometer that the upward slope has finished,
the overdrive is resumed after approximately 2 seconds.
∗ During cruise control driving, the cruise control operation signal is output from the cruise control ECU to the engine control
module. Upon receiving this signal, the engine control module changes the shift pattern to normal.
To maintain smooth cruise control operation (on a downward slope etc.), the lock–up release of the transaxle when the idling
point of the throttle position is ”ON” is forbidden.

SERVICE HINTS
C3 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR
3–4 : Approx. 38.5 Ω
C16 CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]
5–3 : Continuity with the CRUISE SW on
4–3 : Approx. 418 Ω with the CANCEL SW on
Approx. 68 Ω with the RESUME/ACCEL SW on
Approx. 198 Ω with the SET/COAST SW on
C19 CRUISE CONTROL ECU
9–GROUND : 10–16 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
12–GROUND : 4 pulses with 1 rotation of the rotor shaft
10–GROUND : Approx. 418 Ω with the CANCEL SW on in the control SW
Approx. 198 Ω with the SET/COAST SW on in the control SW
Approx. 68 Ω with the RESUME/ACCEL SW on in the control SW
16–GROUND : Always continuity

155
CRUISE CONTROL
: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
C3 34 D1 34 J13 37
C11 A 36 E4 A 36 J14 37
C12 B 36 E5 B 36 A 35
P1
C13 C 36 E6 C 36 B 35
C14 D 36 I11 A 37 S6 37
C16 36 J9 A 37 V1 35
C18 36 J10 B 37
C19 36 J12 37

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IC
22 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
ID
1B
25 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1C
3A
3B
28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Behind the Combination Meter)
3C
3D

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IJ2 44 Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Instrument Panel Brace LH)
IK1 44 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
IL1 44 Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EC 40 Cylinder Head
ID 42 Left Kick Panel
IG 42 Instrument Panel Brace RH
IH 42 Right Kick Panel

C3 BLACK C11 (A) BROWN (w/ Theft Deterrent System) C12 (B)

1 2 3 4    X  X 7 X X   X     X X X X   X X   X 15 

(w/o Theft Deterrent System) C12 (B) C13 (C) BLUE

   X X X X  X X X   X 15     4 X   X 9 10   

156
(USA, Puerto Rico) C14 (D) GRAY (Canada) C14 (D) GRAY C16 BLACK C18 BLUE

X 2  X X  X    X 2  X   X    1 2
XX3 4 5 

C19 D1 BLACK E4 (A) DARK GRAY

X 2 3 4 5 6 7 8  X X      X    
X X 3 X  X X  X   X    22    
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 X
X  X X 11 X

 X X X  X X X X

E5 (B) DARK GRAY E6 (C) DARK GRAY I11 (A) J9 (A) BLACK

          3   X X    
      X X 9    X X    
 X  12        X     X  
   E E E

(Hint : See Page 7)

J10 (B) BLACK J12 J13 J14

     X X X X A   C C A A A A
    X X X X X X X X X X X F F F F
A A     C C A A A A A A A
D D D   
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)

(4A/T) P1 (A) GRAY (3A/T) P1 (B) GRAY S6 BLUE V1 BLACK

X 2   1 2
1 2 3
 
X  X 10
X   X 3 4
 6 X 8 X

157
CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)

15A 15A 15A


CIG DOME TAIL

1 11
I11 A I11 A
11 2I
6 IE INTEGRATION INTEGRATION
RELAY RELAY
1 A 11 A

L–Y
GR

2 4 1A
C7
CIGARETTE
LIGHTER
1
GR

G
10 1E
W–B

L–Y

19 3A 19 3C 11 3B 20 3C

13 3C 3 3C 7 3C 10 3C 8 3C

J7
JUNCTION
L–Y

CONNECTOR
B
W–B

W–B

B
GR

L–Y

4 1
G

C9
CLOCK

2 3
W–B

G
W–B

A
J8 13 2
A W–B W–B
JUNCTION 1E 1C
CONNECTOR

IE ID

118
SERVICE HINTS
C7 CIGARETTE LIGHTER
2–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ACC or ON position
1–GROUND : Always continuity
C9 CLOCK
4–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ACC or ON position
1–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts
3–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position
2–GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
C7 36 I11 A 37 J8 37
C9 36 J7 37

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IE 23 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1A 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1C 25 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1E 24 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
2I 27 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
3A
3B 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Behind
( the Combination Meter))
3C

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location


ID 42 Left Kick Panel
IE 42 Instrument Panel Brace LH

C7 C9 BLUE I11 (A) J7 BLACK

1    B B
2       B
1 2 3 4 1      X X   11 
(Hint : See Page 7)

J8

A A
A A A A

(Hint : See Page 7)

119
COMBINATION METER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)

10A
GAUGE

9
I11 A
INTEGRATION
RELAY
9 A
R–L

5 3C
4
R–L V–W FROM ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
3D
FROM CRUISE CONTROL ECU

18 3B
V–W
R–L

C11 A , C12 B , C13 C , C14 D


2 D 9 C COMBINATION METER

ODO/
TRIP
SPEEDOMETER

TACHOMETER
WATER TEMP.
R–L

FUEL

FUEL

CPU

10 C 4 C 15 B 8 D 9 D 1 A 2 A 3 B
R–W
W–L

Y–G
Y–R
R–L

(* 5)
BR

BR
Y

E A
18 IJ2 19 IJ2 1 IG2 6 IG2 6 IJ1 12 IJ1
J 9 A , J10 B
JUNCTION
Y–R

CONNECTOR
Y

D B
R–W
W–L

CONTROL MODULE

1 2
FROM ENGINE
Y–G
R–L

BR

3 2
SI SE
[ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR]
BR

R–L 1 IG+
3
3 F7
WATER TEMP. SENDER

V1 FUEL SENDER
BR

VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR

5 IG2
BR

BR
BR

E2

IG EC

184
REAR DEF
B

3 C
11 IE
BEAM
10A
R–G FROM DAYTIME RUNNING DEF

1 C
LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) I–UP/M–HTR

TURN LH
G–B

2 C
J1 B2
JUNCTION BRAKE FLUID LEVEL FROM TURN SIGNAL SW
CONNECTOR WARNING SW TURN RH [COMB. SW]

2
1

A
A
W–B W–B R–Y G–Y

13 C

5 1A
3 1E

EB
(*4) (* 4)

BULB CHECK RELAY


*
*
*
*

*
*

15

R–Y
W–B B–W B–W

12 B
4 2C

IJ2
(* 3)
D3 A , B
6 : W/ ABS

16 3C
2 : CANADA

DAYTIME RUNNING
P3 LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)
3 : TMMC MADE
4 : NUMMI MADE

PARKING BRAKE SW BRAKE

PKB
BRK

1
R–B R–Y R–Y
5 : W/ TACHOMETER

6 C

16 3A
17 3B
3 2D
1 : USA, PUERTO RICO

5 B (* 2)
14 A (* 1)
4 B (* 2)
4 A (* 1)
B
B

(A/T)
(M/T)

O1
OIL PRESSURE SW

11
3
8

OIL

1
2
1

W W B B–W

11 A

IJ1
IL2
IK1

(M/T) (M/T)
C10
W1 CLUTCH START SW
WASHER LEVEL
WARNING SW WASHER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
B–W(M/T)

2
1
W–B L–R L–R
P

5 D
N

EB
3 IH1
(* 2) (* 2) (* 2)
B
(3A/T) 3 B
(4A/T) 6 A

(A/T)
MALFUNCTION
(3A/T) 2 B
(4A/T) 5 A

W–B INDICATOR LAMP

ID
13 1E

2 1C
TO ENGINE R–Y

3 D
P1 A , B
CONTROL MODULE

W–B
W–B PARK/NEUTRAL
POSITION SW
B–W(A/T)

B–W(A/T)

A
A
W–B W–B

12 C

IE
COMBINATION METER

B–W(M/T)
E B
D A

J8

A
W–R ABS

JUNCTION
11 C
TO ABS ACTUATOR AND ECU B–W
(* 6)
D A

CONNECTOR
3 IE

C11 A , C12 B , C13 C , C14 D


JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
5A
ST

J 9 A , J10 B

W–B

185
COMBINATION METER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)

7. 5A 7. 5A 15A 15A
ECU–B IGN DOME TAIL

INTEGRATION
11

I11 A

RELAY
2 IJ 8 IJ 11 2I

11 A

L–Y
DETERRENT ECU

G
FROM THEFT
11 3B 4 1A 20 3C
R–G

B–O 2

L–Y
3B
* 7 : W/ CRUISE CONTROL
* 8 : W/ THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM
* 9 : W/ TACHOMETER EXCEPT PUERTO RICO 1 3B 10 1E 7 3D

G
L–O

L–Y
(*8)
C11 A , C12 B , C13 C , C14 D

G
COMBINATION METER 13 B 10 A 9 B 5 A 2 B

ILLUMINATION
SEAT BELT

SECURITY
CHARGE
O/D OFF

CRUISE

DOOR
SRS

AMBIENT
TEMP.

7 C 6 D 7 A 10 D 13 A 3 A 16 B 8 B 1 B
BR–W

W–G
R–B
(* 9)

(* 9)
(4A/T)

R–W
G–R
R–Y

B–Y
(*7)
LG

15 3B
5 IH1 1 IH1
BR–W
SENSOR ASSEMBLY

R–B
TO CENTER AIRBAG

(*9)

(*9)
TO CRUISE CONTROL ECU
TO INTEGRATION RELAY

TO INTEGRATION RELAY
TO GENERATOR
TO O/D SW

17 3C

1
AMBIENT TEMP.

W–G

G
SENSOR
A9

2
BR–W 3 1
(* 9) L T

E
2 R6
RHEOSTAT
13 20
W–B W–B W–B W–B
3C 3A

186
SERVICE HINTS
B2 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW
1–2 : Closed with the float down
C11 (A), C12 (B), C13 (C), C14 (D) COMBINATION METER
(A)10, (D) 2–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
(A) 2, (B) 15, (C) 12–GROUND : Always continuity
(A) 5, (B) 13–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts
F7 FUEL SENDER
2–3 : Approx. 4 Ω at fuel full
Approx. 107 Ω at fuel empty
O1 OIL PRESSURE SW
1–GROUND : Opened with the oil pressure above approx. 19.61 kpa (2.84 psi, 0.2 kgf/cm2)
P3 PARKING BRAKE SW
1–GROUND : Closed with the parking brake lever pulled up
E2 WATER TEMP. SENDER [ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR]
3–GROUND : Approx. 160–240 Ω (50°C, 122°F)
Approx. 17.1–21.2 Ω (120°C, 288°F)

: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A9 34 D3 B 36 O1 35
B2 34 E2 34 A 35
P1
C10 36 F7 38 B 35
C11 A 36 I11 A 37 P3 37
C12 B 36 J1 37 R6 37
C13 C 36 J8 37 V1 35
C14 D 36 J9 A 37 W1 35
D3 A 36 J10 B 37

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IE 23 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
IJ 22 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1A 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1C 25 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1E 24 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
2C
27 Engine Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2D
2I 27 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
3A
3B
28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Behind the Combination Meter)
3C
3D

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IG2 42 Floor Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IH1 42 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Lower Finish Panel)
IJ1
44 Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Instrument Panel Brace LH)
IJ2
IK1 44 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
IL2 44 Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)

187
COMBINATION METER
: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EB 40 Front Side of the Left Fender
EC 40 Cylinder Head
ID 42 Left Kick Panel
IE 42 Instrument Panel Brace LH
IG 42 Instrument Panel Brace RH

A9 BLACK (w/ ABS) B2 GRAY (w/o ABS) B2 GRAY C10 C11 (A) BROWN

1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 X 5 X 7 X X 10 11 X 13

(w/ Theft Deterrent System) C12 (B) (w/o Theft Deterrent System) C12 (B)

1 2 3 X X X X 8 9 X X 12 13 X 15 16 1 2 3 X X X X 8 X X X 12 13 X 15 16

C13 (C) BLUE (USA, Puerto Rico) C14 (D) GRAY (Canada) C14 (D) GRAY

1 2 3 4 X 6 7 X 9 10 11 12 13 X 2 3 X X 6 X 8 9 10 X 2 3 X 5 6 X 8 9 10

(USA, Puerto Rico) D3 (A) (Canada) D3 (B) E2 DARK GRAY F7 DARK GRAY

   4 5 
        1 2 3
   4   X X X X   
3  
  14          X 

I11 (A) J1 J8 J9 (A) BLACK

A A A A A
A A A A AA A A A
      X X 9  11  A A A A X X    
(Hint : See Page 7) D D D E E E
(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

188
J10 (B) BLACK O1 GRAY (4A/T) P1 (A) GRAY (3A/T) P1 (B) GRAY

    X X X   
1 5 6
X  X 
D D D E E E X 2 3 X
  X  X

(Hint : See Page 7)

P3 BLACK R6 V1 BLACK W1 BLACK

1
1
1 2 3
2 3 1 2

189
CHARGING

W W B–G

W
6
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58) 1
3 2C

50A
HTR
5A 7. 5A 10A
ALT–S IGN GAUGE
2

9
3 2B
I11 A
8 IJ
9 A INTEGRATION
RELAY

B–O

B–G
R–L
W

W
B

10
5 3C
C11
CHARGE WARNING
LIGHT
[COMB. METER]

13 4 3D

R–L
Y

2 Y E A
J 9 A , J10 B
100A ALT

FUSIBLE LINK

JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
C A C A D B
BLOCK

J 9 A , J10 B
F4

JUNCTION
R–L

1 CONNECTOR

A B
B

B
E1
B–G
R–L

W
Y
L

13 A (USA, PUERTO RICO)


14 B (CANADA) 1 B 2 B 3 B 1 A
CHG– L IG S B

FL MAIN
2. 0L

D3 A , B
DAYTIME RUNNING
LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)
IC REGULATOR

BATTERY

G1 A , G2 B
GENERATOR

68
SERVICE HINTS
G2 (B) GENERATOR
(B) 3–GROUND : 13.9–15.1 volts with the engine running at 2000 rpm and 25°C (77°F)
13.5–14.3 volts with the engine running at 5000 rpm and 115°C (239°F)
(B) 1–GROUND : 0–4 volts with the ignition SW at ON position and the engine not running

: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
C11 36 F4 34 I11 A 37
A 36 G1 A 34 J9 A 37
D3
B 36 G2 B 34 J10 B 37

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)


6 21 Engine Room R/B No.6 (Radiator Support RH)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IJ 22 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2B 27 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2C 27 Engine Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
3C
28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Behind the Combination Meter)
3D

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
E1 40 Engine Room Main Wire

69
CHARGING
C11 BROWN (USA, Puerto Rico) D3 (A) (Canada) D3 (B)

     
       14
   X  X  X X 10  X 13
      X X X X 
 13           X 

F4 G1 (A) G2 (B) GRAY I11 (A)

(See Page 26)


1
1 2 3       X X 9   

J9 (A) BLACK J10 (B) BLACK

X X   C C A A   X X
   E E E D D D   

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

70
71
DOOR LOCK CONTROL (NUMMI MADE)
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)

30A
D/L

1 ID
W–L

I11 A , I12 B

14 B INTEGRATION RELAY

1 B 2 B 5 B 10 B 12 B

J4 A , J5 B

L–R
L–Y

R
JUNCTION
L–W

CONNECTOR L
E
A
L–B
B D
A B

B B
A B
L–R
L–B

E
W

L
A
L–W

L–W
L–Y

L–Y

2 ID1 7 ID1 6 IM2 4 IM2 4 ID1 9 ID1 1 ID1 8 ID1 3 ID1


L–W

L–W

L–R
L–Y

L–Y

L–B
[POWER WINDOW MASTER SW]

R
DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW RH

L
DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH

DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH

2 A –––– 7 A (*1) 3 A –––– 2 A (* 1) 5 6 4 1 2


1 B –––– 2 B (*2) 1 B –––– 2 B (* 2)
UNLOCK

UNLOCK

DETECTION
UNLOCK
LOCK

LOCK

M
B

LOCK
D13 A ,
P7 A

D12 B

3 A (*1) 4 A (* 1)
3 B (*2) 3 B (* 2)
3 D20
DOOR LOCK MOTOR, UNLOCK
DETECTION SW AND DOOR KEY
LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH
W–B

W–B
W–B

W–B

A
W–B A A W–B W–B

J15 (* 2)
J16 (* 1)
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR

132
R–W R–W
* 1 : W/ POWER WINDOW
* 2 : W/O POWER WINDOW
1 1

D6 D7
R–W

R–W
DOOR COURTESY SW DOOR COURTESY SW
FRONT LH FRONT RH

7 ID
I11 A , I12 B
8 9 B INTEGRATION RELAY

3 B 6 B 8 B 7 B 7 4 A

7 IE
G–W
L–B

J3
B A JUNCTION CONNECTOR
L A

L–B
B A B A B A
JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A A A A
G–W

W–B

L–B
R

R
L

L
J5 B
J4 A ,

C B
L–B

6 1E
7 IM2 5 IM2 11 IM2 9 IM2 2 BA1 5 BA1 2 BB1 5 BB1
G–W
L–B

R
L

7 1E
2 1 5 6 1 2 1 2

L–B
UNLOCK

M M M
LOCK

UNLOCK WARNING SW
2

4 D21 D18 D19


DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR LOCK MOTOR DOOR LOCK MOTOR
DOOR KEY LOCK AND REAR LH REAR RH
W–B

UNLOCK SW FRONT RH 1
U1
W–B

A
W–B A J17
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A 2 3D
W–B

W–B W–B

2 IM2 6 ID1 13 3C

W–B J8
W–B

W–B

JUNCTION
W–B

CONNECTOR
A A A
J14 2 13
A W–B W–B W–B A A
JUNCTION 1C 1E
CONNECTOR

IH ID IE

133
DOOR LOCK CONTROL (NUMMI MADE)
SERVICE HINTS
I11 (A), I12 (B) INTEGRATION RELAY
7–GROUND : Always continuity
8–GROUND : Continuity with the driver’s door open
(B)14–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts
(B) 7–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts 0.2 seconds with following operation
∗ Door lock control SW locked
∗ Locking the driver’s, front passenger’s door cylinder with the key
(B) 1–GROUND : Continuity with the door lock control SW locked
(B) 9–GROUND : Continuity with the front passenger’s door open
(B)10–GROUND : Continuity with the driver’s door lock knob unlocked
(B) 2–GROUND : Continuity with the door lock control SW unlocked
(B) 6–GROUND : Continuity with the front passenger’s door lock cylinder unlock with the key
(B) 5–GROUND : Continuity with the driver’s door lock cylinder unlocked with the key
(B) 3–GROUND : Continuity with the driver’s, front passenger’s door lock cylinder locked with the key
(B) 8 or (B) 12–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts 0.2 seconds with following operation
∗ Door lock control SW unlocked
∗ Door lock control SW locked with the ignition key in cylinder and the driver’s door open
(Ignition key reminder function)
∗ Door lock knob locked with the ignition key in cylinder and the driver’s door open
(Ignition key reminder function)
∗ Unlocking the driver’s, front passenger’s door cylinder with the key
D6, D7 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH,RH
1–GROUND : Closed with each of the doors open
U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW
1–2 : Closed with the ignition key in cylinder

: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
D6 38 D20 38 J8 37
D7 38 D21 38 J14 37
D12 B 38 I11 A 37 J15 37
A 38 I12 B 37 J16 37
D13
B 38 J3 37 J17 38
D18 38 J4 A 37 P7 A 39
D19 38 J5 B 37 U1 37

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
ID 22 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
IE 23 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1C 25 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1E 24 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
3C
28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Behind the Combination Meter)
3D

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
ID1 42 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)
IM2 44 Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)
BA1 46 Rear Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Under the Left Center Pillar)
BB1 46 Rear Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Under the Right Center Pillar)

134
: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location


ID 42 Left Kick Panel
IE 42 Instrument Panel Brace LH
IH 42 Right Kick Panel

D6, D7 (w/o Power Window) D12 (B) BLACK (w/ Power Window) D13 (A)

X234
1 1 2 3

(w/o Power Window) D13 (B) BLACK D18 BLACK D19 BLACK D20 BLACK

1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 1 2

D21 BLACK I11 (A) I12 (B) J3

1 2 3 X 5 6 A A A B B
7 8 9 10 X 12 X 14 A A A B B B B
1 2 X 4 5 6    4   X X    
(Hint : See Page 7)

J4 (A) BLACK J5 (B) BLACK J8 J14 J15 BLACK

A A A A
A A
A A A A
A A B B     B B C C A A A A
A A A A A A A (Hint : See Page 7)
   E E E D D D   
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

J16 J17 BLACK (w/ Power Window) P7 (A) U1

A A A   A A A A  2 3   
A A A     7       
1 2
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)  

135
104
100A ALT

1
4
L B W

4 IB

E1

2. 0L
F4

FL MAIN
FUSIBLE LINK
BLOCK
LIGHT

BATTERY
CONTROL SW

ID
C15
D3
DAYTIME RUNNING
LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)

OFF

TAIL

HEAD
3
2
TAIL RELAY

W–B
W–B
14
17
16
2
1

T
TAIL
LG–B LG–B LG LG

COMBINATION SW
6 IC

IK1
IK1

A
(* 1) (* 1)

A
3
5

A
16
W–B W–B

IH
J14
LG
(*2)

JUNCTION
J1 F1

CONNECTOR
JUNCTION PARKING LIGHT LH
CONNECTOR [FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH]
TAILLIGHT AND ILLUMINATION

A
A
2
1
W–B W–B G G G
9 IC

11 1A
9 1B

EB
(* 4) (*4)

A
W–B
15A
TAIL

(*3)
F2

(*3)
(*4)
(*3)

W–B
W–B
W–B
PARKING LIGHT RH
11

[FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH]


11 A

2
1
W–B G G
12 1A

(*4)
G
RELAY

W–B W–B
I11 A

I1
(* 3) (*3)
INTEGRATION

R7
TAILLIGHT LH
[REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]

3
2
W–B G

R8

W–B
TAILLIGHT RH
[REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]
C

3
2
C
C

W–B W–B G G

BJ
2 1F

J18

J19
JUNCTION L1
JUNCTION

CONNECTOR LICENSE PLATE LIGHT


CONNECTOR

A
A
2
1
W–B W–B G

BI
G
G
H5
HAZARD SW

9
8
W–G G

15 3D
4 1D
20 3C
C12
COMBINATION METER ILLUMINATION
[COMB. METER]

1
2
W–G G

15 3B
2 3B
A12
A/C SW

1
3
W–G G

14 3D
18 3D

R4
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW

4
1
W–G G

5 3D
17 3D

A15
ASHTRAY ILLUMINATION

1
2
W–G G

15 3A
12 3A

C8
CIGARETTE LIGHTER ILLUMINATION

1
2
W–G G

14 3A
2 3A

O2
A/T SHIFT LEVER ILLUMINATION
[O/D SW]

3
1
W–G G

5 3B
12 3B

(A/T) (A/T)

ID
B5
BLOWER SW

W–B
7
W–G 6 G

18 3C
21 3C
* 2 : CANADA

2
1C
R2 A , R3 B
RADIO AND PLAYER
* 1 : USA, PUERTO RICO

W–G G
5 A
10 B
11 3A

6 3C

13
1E
R6
RHEOSTAT

3
W–G

J8
17 3C
1

G G

W–B
T
7 3D

JUNCTION

A
CONNECTOR A
2
W–B W–B
* 3 : TMMC MADE

IE
20 3A

13 3C
* 4 : NUMMI MADE

105
TAILLIGHT AND ILLUMINATION
SERVICE HINTS
C15 COMBINATION SW
14–16 : Closed with the light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position
TAIL RELAY
5–3 : Closed with the light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position

: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A12 36 F4 34 O2 37
A15 36 H5 36 R2 A 37
B5 36 I11 A 37 R3 B 37
C8 36 J1 37 R4 37
C12 36 J8 37 R6 37
C15 36 J14 37 R7 39
D3 36 J18 38 R8 39
F1 34 J19 38
F2 34 L1 39

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IB 22 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
IC 22 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1A 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1B
25 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1C
1D
24 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1E
1F 24 Floor Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
3A
3B
28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Behind the Combination Meter)
3C
3D

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IK1 44 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EB 40 Front Side of the Left Fender
ID 42 Left Kick Panel
IE 42 Instrument Panel Brace LH
IH 42 Right Kick Panel
BI 46 Under the Left Quarter Pillar
BJ 46 Lower Back Panel Center

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
E1 40 Engine Room Main Wire I1 44 Engine Room Main Wire

106
A12 BLACK A15 BLACK B5 BLACK C8 GRAY

1 2 1 2
1 X  X 
3   
  6 7 

(w/ Theft Deterrent System) C12 (w/o Theft Deterrent System) C12

1 2  X X X X   X X   X   1 2  X X X X  X X X   X  

C15 D3 F1, F2 F4
(See Page 26)

      X X X X  1 2 
   X X X  
X X X X  14 X 16 X     16 17       X 

H5 BLACK I11 (A) J1 J8

A A A A A
  X  A A A A A A A A A
      X X   11  A A A A
   8 9 X
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)

J14 J18 DARK GRAY J19 BLUE L1

A A A A A
A A A A      C C X X X A A A A A A A 2 1
       C C   
A A A A A A A
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)

O2 BLUE R2 (A) R3 (B) R4 BLACK R6 R7, R8

      1
1 
1   X 5     X X 10  2
 4 X  2 3
3  3 

107
DOOR LOCK CONTROL
SYSTEM OUTLINE
The current always flows to TERMINAL (B) 14 of the integration relay through the D/L fuse.
1. MANUAL LOCK OPERATION
When the door lock control SW or door key lock and unlock SW are operated to LOCK position, a lock signal is input to
TERMINAL (B) 1 or (B) 3 of the integration relay and causes the relay to function. The current flows from TERMINAL (B) 14 of
the relay to TERMINAL (B) 7 to the door lock motors to TERMINALS (B) 8 and (B) 12 of the relay to TERMINAL 7 to
GROUND and the door lock motors locks the door.
2. MANUAL UNLOCK OPERATION
When the door lock control SW or door key lock and unlock SW are operated to UNLOCK position, an unlock signal is input to
TERMINAL (B) 2, (B) 5 or (B) 6 of the integration relay and causes the relay to function. The current flows from TERMINAL
(B) 14 of the relay to TERMINALS (B) 8 and (B) 12 to the door lock motors to TERMINAL (B) 7 of the relay to TERMINAL 7 to
GROUND and the door lock motors unlocks the door.
3. DOUBLE OPERATION UNLOCK OPERATION
When the door key lock and unlock SW LH is turned to the unlock side, only the driver’s door is unlocked. By turning the door
key lock and unlock SW LH to the unlock side, a signal is input to TERMINAL (B) 5 of the relay, and if the signal is input again
within 3 seconds by turning the SW to the unlock side again, current flows from TERMINAL (B) 8 of the integration relay to the
door lock motors (Front RH, rear LH, RH) to TERMINAL (B) 7 of the relay to TERMINAL 7 to GROUND, causing the door lock
motors to operate and unlock the doors.
4. IGNITION KEY REMINDER OPERATION
∗ Operating door lock knob (Operation of door lock motors)
With the ignition key in the cylinder (Unlock warning SW on), when the door is opened and locked using door lock knob
(Door lock motor), the door is locked once but each door is unlocked soon by the function of the relay. As a result, the
current flows from TERMINAL (B) 14 of the integration relay to TERMINALS (B) 8 and (B) 12 to the door lock motors to
TERMINAL (B) 7 of the relay to TERMINAL 7 to GROUND and unlocks all the doors.
∗ Operating door lock control SW or door key lock and unlock SW
With the ignition key in the cylinder (Unlock warning SW on), when the door is opened and locked using door lock control
SW or key SW, the door is locked once but each door is unlocked by the function of SW contained in motors, and the
signal is input to TERMINAL (B) 10 of the relay. According to this input signal, the current flows from TERMINAL (B) 14 of
the relay to TERMINALS (B) 8 and (B) 12 to the door lock motors to TERMINAL (B) 7 of the relay to TERMINAL 7 to
GROUND and unlocks all the doors.
∗ In case of key less lock
With the ignition the key in the cylinder (Unlock warning SW on), when the unlock function is disturbed more than 0.2
seconds, for example pushing the door lock knob etc., the door holds on lock condition. Closing the door after, door
courtesy SW inputs the signal into TERMINAL 8 or (B) 9 of the integration relay. By this input signal, the relay works and
current flows from TERMINAL (B) 14 of the relay to TERMINALS (B) 8 and (B) 12 to the door lock motors to TERMINAL
(B) 7 of the relay to TERMINAL 7 to GROUND and unlocks all the doors.

127
DOOR LOCK CONTROL (TMMC MADE)
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)

30A
D/L

1 ID
W–L

I11 A , I12 B
14 B INTEGRATION RELAY

1 B 2 B 5 B 3 B 6 B
J4 A , J5 B

G–W
L–R
L–Y

L–B
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
L–W

E L–B
A

B D
A B
A A A A

J5 B
B B

CONNECTOR
A B

JUNCTION
J4 A ,
E
C B
L–W

G–W
L–W

L–R
L–Y

L–Y

L–B

L–B
2 ID1 7 ID1 6 IM2 4 IM2 4 ID1 9 ID1 7 IM2 5 IM2

G–W
L–W

L–W

L–R
L–Y

L–Y

L–B

L–B
DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW RH
DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH
[POWER WINDOW MASTER SW]

DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW RH


DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH

DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH

2 A 7 A (*1) 3 A 2 A (* 1)
1 B 2 B (*2) 1 B 2 B (* 2) 2 1 2 1
UNLOCK

UNLOCK

UNLOCK

UNLOCK
LOCK

LOCK

LOCK

LOCK
D13 A , B

3 A (*1) 4 A (* 1) 3 3
P7 A

D12 B

3 B (*2) 3 B (* 2)
W–B
D10

D11
W–B

W–B
W–B

A
W–B A J17
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
A
W–B A A W–B W–B

J15 (* 2)
J16 (* 1) A
W–B W–B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B

2 IM2

W–B
W–B

A A
J14 A W–B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR

IH

128
R–W R–W
* 1 : W/ POWER WINDOW
* 2 : W/O POWER WINDOW
1 1

D6 D7
DOOR COURTESY SW DOOR COURTESY SW
R–W FRONT LH FRONT RH

R–W
7 ID
I11 A , I12 B
8 9 B INTEGRATION RELAY

10 B 12 B 8 B 7 B 7 4 A

7 IE
W

J3
B A JUNCTION CONNECTOR
L A

B A B A B A

L–B
W–B
W

R
L

L
1 ID1 8 ID1 3 ID1 11 IM2 9 IM2 2 BA1 5 BA1 2 BB1 5 BB1
W

R
L

L
6 1E
4 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2
DETECTION

7 1E
M M M M

L–B
D14 D15 D16 D17

UNLOCK WARNING SW
1
DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR LOCK MOTOR DOOR LOCK MOTOR DOOR LOCK MOTOR
UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT RH REAR LH REAR RH
FRONT LH 2
W–B

U1

W–B
W–B

W–B 2 3D

6 ID1
13 3C
W–B

W–B
W–B

W–B

J8
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR A
2 13
W–B W–B W–B A A
1C 1E

ID IE

129
DOOR LOCK CONTROL (TMMC MADE)
SERVICE HINTS
I11 (A), I12 (B) INTEGRATION RELAY
7–GROUND : Always continuity
8–GROUND : Continuity with the driver’s door open
(B)14–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts
(B) 7–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts 0.2 seconds with following operation
∗ Door lock control SW locked
∗ Locking the driver’s, front passenger’s door cylinder with the key
(B) 1–GROUND : Continuity with the door lock control SW locked
(B) 9–GROUND : Continuity with the front passenger’s door open
(B)10–GROUND : Continuity with the driver’s door lock knob unlocked
(B) 2–GROUND : Continuity with the door lock control SW unlocked
(B) 6–GROUND : Continuity with the front passenger’s door lock cylinder unlock with the key
(B) 5–GROUND : Continuity with the driver’s door lock cylinder unlocked with the key
(B) 3–GROUND : Continuity with the driver’s, front passenger’s door lock cylinder locked with the key
(B) 8 or (B) 12–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts 0.2 seconds with following operation
∗ Door lock control SW unlocked
∗ Door lock control SW locked with the ignition key in cylinder and the driver’s door open
(Ignition key reminder function)
∗ Door lock knob locked with the ignition key in cylinder and the driver’s door open
(Ignition key reminder function)
∗ Unlocking the driver’s, front passenger’s door cylinder with the key
D6, D7 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH,RH
1–GROUND : Closed with each of the doors open
U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW
1–2 : Closed with the ignition key in cylinder

: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
D6 38 D15 38 J8 37
D7 38 D16 38 J14 37
D10 38 D17 38 J15 38
D11 38 I11 A 37 J16 38
D12 B 38 I12 B 37 J17 38
A 38 J3 37 P7 A 39
D13
B 38 J4 A 37 U1 37
D14 38 J5 B 37

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
ID 22 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
IE 23 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1C 25 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1E 24 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
3C
28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Behind the Combination Meter)
3D

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
ID1 42 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)
IM2 44 Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)
BA1 46 Rear Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Under the Left Center Pillar)
BB1 46 Rear Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Under the Right Center Pillar)

130
: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location


ID 42 Left Kick Panel
IE 42 Instrument Panel Brace LH
IH 42 Right Kick Panel

D6, D7 D10 GRAY D11 GRAY (w/o Power Window) D12 (B) BLACK

1 1 2 3
1 2 3 1 2 3

(w/ Power Window) D13 (A) (w/o Power Window) D13 (B) BLACK D14 BLACK

X234
1 2 3 1 2 3 4

D15 BLACK D16 BLACK D17 BLACK I11 (A)

X 2 3 X X 2 3 X X 2 3 X    4   X X    

I12 (B) J3 J4 (A) BLACK J5 (B) BLACK

1 2 3 X 5 6 A A A B B
7 8 9 10 X 12 X 14 A A A B B B B
A A B B     B B C C
(Hint : See Page 7)    E E E D D D   

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

J8 J14 J15 BLACK J16 J17 BLACK

A A A A A A A   A A A A
A A A A A    
A A A A
A A A A (Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)
A A A A A A A
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)

(w/ Power Window) P7 (A) U1

 2 3   
7       
1 2
 

131
ENGINE CONTROL

B–W

B–W

B R–W

7 AM2 IG2 6

ST2 8

R–W
B–W

B–W

B–W
B–R

B
I10
IGNITION SW

5 IG 4 IG 3 IG 3 IC 8 IC 3 2B 8 2E 4 IL2

EFI OR F–HTR
5 IB
5A 7. 5A 15A
ST IGN AM2

15A

B
B–R

3 IE 4 IA B B
B–W

B–O

7
1 1
2I
1 5 5 1
8
B–R B–R
2G EFI OR C/OPN
B–W F–HTR RELAY
B–W

RELAY
(M/T)
2 3 3 2
D A D A
1 1
J 9 A , J10 B
8 IK1 4 2F 10 2C
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR

G–R
L–B
(M/T)
B–W

E B E B B
B

CLUTCH START SW

1 9 1C
B–W

B–W
(A/T)

(A/T)

W–B

W–B
(*2)

(*1)
C10

2 (4A/T) 5 A 3 1F
(3A/T) 2 B
PARK/NEUTRAL
(M/T)

POSITION SW
B

P1 A , B

P
1 IL2
L–B

E1
CONNECTOR

N A
JUNCTION

G–R

4
3 IL2 6 A (4A/T)
FUEL PUMP

3 B (3A/T)
M
L

J1

A
(M/T)

F7

5
B

(A/T)
FL MAIN

W–B
(*2)
2. 0L

B
W–B

(M/T) G–R

3 2D B–W(A/T) B–W(A/T)

11
B–W B–W
2E
W–B

W–B

W–B
(*2)

(*1)

BATTERY

EB BI

72
B–W B–W

B–W B–W

R–W R–W

B B B

B B B

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58) B


I8

B(*5) B(*5)

7. 5A 10A V–W V–W


OBD GAUGE

B
14 IJ2 2
I1
9

VSV (ORVR)
I11 A IDLE AIR
2 CONTROL VALVE
10 IE INTEGRATION
RELAY

V2
V–W
9 A

(*4)
1
R–L

4 3C
R

V–W
(*3)
5 3C

L–B
18 3 1
B R–L 19 3B
3B
V–W
(*4)
B(*5)
R–L

B–L
BR

B
6 IC1 4 3D

2 D 3 B 9 C 10 A 12 C 8 A
B

R–L

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE


E4 A , E5 B , E6 C

RSO

+B

EVP
6 BC1
C12 B , C13 C , C14 D
B
(VAPOR PRESSURE SENSOR)

COMBINATION METER

INDICATOR LAMP
SPEEDOMETER

TACHOMETER

MALFUNCTION

TPC

FC
W
5 C 7 A 14 C

10 C 4 C 15 B 3 D
R

R–L
VSV
V4

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

R–W
W–L

R–Y
BR

G–R
R–Y
BR

2 BC1

R
B

E A
J 9 A , J10 B

18 IJ2 13 IJ2
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR

19 IJ2
R

R–W
W–L

8 IC1 D B
3 2
R–Y

SI
SE
R

R–L

B
12 IL1 1 IG+
V1
R

G–R

B–W(A/T) B–W(A/T)

B–W B–W

B
BR

BR
* 1 : TMMC MADE
* 2 : NUMMI MADE
* 3 : USA W/O ABS, CRUISE CONTROL, REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR, TACHOMETER
* 4 : EXCEPT USA W/O ABS, CRUISE CONTROL, REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR,
IG TACHOMETER
* 5 : W/ TACHOMETER

73
ENGINE CONTROL

B–W B–W

B–W B–W

R–W B(*5)

BR

BR BR BR
I8
V3 BR BR
VAPOR PRESSURE SENSOR
BR

BR
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE

THROTTLE POSITION
PRESSURE SENSOR
B(*5) 1 2

BR

BR
E2 E2
V–W
3 2 1

ENGINE COOLANT
1 1

SENSOR

BR

BR

TEMP. SENSOR

TEMP. SENSOR
Y

L
PIM VC VC VTA
M1

3 BC1 4 BC1 5 BC1 8 IJ2

T2

INTAKE AIR
2 3 1 3
LG–R

BR

BR
LG
Y

E2
2 2

I8
JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A 6 IG1 8 IG1 10 IG1


A Y

BR
6

L
A Y Y

Y–B
W
IJ2

A 7 IJ2
J12
LG–R
R–W
V–W

LG
Y

9 C 1 C 2 B 1 B 11 B 7 B 4 B 3 B
PIM

THW
BATT
SPD

VC

VTA

PTNK

THA
NSW

IDLO
STA

TE1

SIL

1 A 11 C 15 B 16 C 3 C
E4 A , E5 B , E6 C
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

L–W
(*6)

(*6)

(*7)
W
B–W

B–W
(A/T)

L–W

7 IJ1 2 IJ1 7 IL1


D2
8 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 3
CONNECTOR 1

TE1 L–W
(*7)
DATA LINK

(*6)

(*6)
W

+B E1 BAT CG SG SIL 13
D1

D B
IDL

12 3 16 4 5 7 J6
JUNCTION
W–B

CONNECTOR
BR

BR

W
R
B

B
D B
(*6)
R 21 IJ2
(*6)

C19
CRUISE
CONTROL ECU
(*6)
BR

B–W(A/T) BR

B–W BR BR
I8
B B B

B B B

BR A BR
J8 13 2
A W–B W–B
BR

JUNCTION 1E 1C
CONNECTOR (*6)

IE ID EC

74
B–W B–W

B–W B–W

B(*5) B(*5)

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58) * 5 : W/ TACHOMETER


* 6 : SHIELDED
BR 6 IL2 * 7 : W/ CRUISE CONTROL

B–W

B–W
10A 15A
DEF I–UP/ TAIL
M–HTR B–W B–W
[PARK/NEUTRAL POSITIO SW]

I8
FROM BACK–UP LIGHT SW

11
I11 A

B–W

B–W

B–W

B–W
5 IJ INTEGRATION
RELAY
11 A 2 2 2 2

INJECTOR NO. 1

INJECTOR NO. 3

INJECTOR NO. 2

INJECTOR NO. 4
G
B

20 3C
1 1 1 1

I4

I6

I5

I7
13
G
3B

B–R
W
Y

B
8 IJ1 9 IJ1
(A/T)
R–B
BR

G
B

E4 A , E5 B , E6 C
ENGINE CONTROL
9 B 17 C 2 C MODULE 13 C 12 A 25 A 11 A 24 A
R
E2

ELS1

ELS2

#10

#30

#20

#40
OX1

OX2
HT1

HT2

KNK EO1 EO2 EO3 E1


8 B 6 B 14 B 5 B 13 B 13 A 26 A 16 B 14 A
(*6)

R
P

(*6)

(*6)
16 IJ2 3 IJ1 1 IJ1
(*6)

W
P

BR

BR

BR

BR
(*6)

(*6)
R
P

B
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR

(*6)
1 3 1 3
(BANK 1 SENSOR 1)

(BANK 1 SENSOR 2)

HT OX HT OX 1 EA1

+B E1 +B E1
(*6)

(*6)

(*6)

(*6)
B

2 4 2 4
H3

H6

KNOCK SENSOR

1 B B B B
(*6)
BR

BR
B

B BR BR
I8

B B J11
5 IJ2 17 IJ2 JUNCTION
K1

CONNECTOR
(*6)

(*6)
BR
B

B
BR

BR

BR

BR

B BR

BR BR BR
I8 I8
(*6) (*6)

EC

75
ENGINE CONTROL

B–W

* 5 : W/ TACHOMETER
* 6 : SHIELDED

B(*5)
B–W

B(*5)
5 IL2

B–W
B–W
B–W

B–W

B A 2

NOISE FILTER
A A A D
J11 J 9 A , J10 B

(IGNITION)
JUNCTION JUNCTION
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
D D 1

N1
B B B B
B–W

B–W
I2 I3
IGNITION COIL AND IGNITION COIL AND
IGNITER NO. 1 1 1 IGNITER NO. 2

BR
B

B
2 3 4 3 2 4
BR
R–L
L–Y
Y–G

L–Y

BR

E
E L–Y

E J11
JUNCTION
R–L

B
Y–G

L–Y

E4 A , E5 B , E6 C CONNECTOR
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE 20 A 16 A 19 A 8 C TACH
IGT1

IGT2
IGF

PSSW

ACT
AC1
NE

NE– G2
4 A 17 A 5 A 6 A 10 C 21 C

(* 6)
B
W
B

(*6)
Y–R
L–R

R–L

BR

BR

BR
B

I9

(*6) (* 6)
4 IL1 18 IL1 17 IL1 8 IL1
W

Y–R
L–R

R–L
POSITION SENSOR

POSITION SENSOR

2 1
POWER STEERING OIL
CRANKSHAFT

CAMSHAFT
B

1 1 6 4
PRESSURE SW

AC1 ACT IGN


C2

C1

1 2
P2

A10
A/C AMPLIFIER

BR
BR

BR

EC

76
SYSTEM OUTLINE
The engine control system utilizes a microcomputer and maintains overall control of the engine, etc. An outline of engine
control is given here.
1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) Engine coolant temp. signal system
The engine coolant temp. sensor detects the engine coolant temp. and has a built–in thermistor with a resistance which
varies according to the engine coolant temp. Thus the engine coolant temp. is input as a control signal to TERMINAL
THW of the engine control module.
(2) Intake air temp. signal system
The intake air temp. sensor is detects the intake air temp., which is input as a control signal to TERMINAL THA of the
engine control module.
(3) Power steering oil pressure signal system
Power steering oil pressure is detected by the power steering oil pressure SW and is input as a control signal to
TERMINAL PSSW of the engine control module.
(4) RPM signal system
Camshaft position and crankshaft position are detected by the camshaft position sensor and crankshaft position sensor.
Camshaft position is input as a control signal to TERMINAL G2 of the engine control module, and engine RPM is input
into TERMINAL NE.
(5) Throttle signal system
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve opening angle, which is input as a control signal to TERMINAL VTA
of the engine control module.
(6) Vehicle speed signal system
The vehicle speed is detected by the vehicle speed sensor installed in the transaxle and the signal is input to TERMINAL
SPD of the engine control module via the comb. meter.
(7) NSW signal system (A/T)
The Park/Neutral position SW detects whether the shift position is in neutral or not, and inputs a control signal to
TERMINAL NSW of the engine control module.
(8) A/C SW signal system
The operating voltage of the A/C amplifier is detected and is input as a control signal to TERMINAL AC1 of the engine
control module.
(9) Battery signal system
Voltage is constantly applied to TERMINAL BATT of the engine control module. When the ignition SW is turned to on,
voltage for engine control module operation is applied via the EFI or F–HTR relay to TERMINAL +B of the engine control
module.
(10) Intake air volume signal system
Intake air volume is detected by the manifold absolute pressure sensor and is input as a control signal to TERMINAL PIM
of the engine control module.
(11) STA signal system
To confirm that the engine is cranking, the voltage applied to the starter motor during cranking is detected and is input as a
control signal to TERMINAL STA of the engine control module.
(12) Oxygen sensor signal system
The oxygen density in the exhaust gases is detected and is input as a control signal into TERMINALS OX1 and OX2 of
the engine control module. To maintain stable detection performance by the oxygen sensor, a heater is used for warming
the sensor. The heater is also controlled by the engine control module (HT1 and HT2).
(13) Engine knock signal system
Engine knocking is detected by the knock sensor and input as a control signal to TERMINAL KNK of the engine control
module.
(14) Electrical load signal system
When systems which cause a high electrical load such as the rear window defogger, taillight are turned on, a signal is
input to TERMINALS ELS1 and ELS2 as a control signal.
(15) Vapor pressure signal system
Vapor pressure is detected by the vapor pressure sensor and is input as a control signal to TERMINAL PTNK of the
engine control module.

77
ENGINE CONTROL

2. CONTROL SYSTEM
∗ SFI system
The SFI system monitors the engine conditions through the signals each sensor (Input signals 1, 4, 5, 10, 12)) input to the
engine control module. Based on this data and the program memorized in the engine control module, the most appropriate
fuel injection timing is decided and current is output to TERMINALS #10, #20, #30 and #40 of the engine control module,
operating the injectors (to inject fuel). This is the system which finely controls the fuel injection in response to the driving
conditions, through the engine control module.
∗ ESA system
The ESA system monitors the engine conditions using the signals (Input signals (1, 4, 5, 10, 13)) input to the engine control
module from each sensor. Based on this data and the program memorized in the engine control module, the most
appropriate ignition timing is decided and current is output to TERMINALS IGT1 and IGT2 of the engine control module.
This output controls the ignition coil and igniter No. 1 and No. 2 to produce the most appropriate ignition timing for the driving
conditions.
∗ IAC system
The IAC system (Rotary solenoid type) increases the RPM and provides idle stability for fast idle–up when the engine is
cold, and when the idle speed has dropped due to electrical load and so on. The engine control module evaluates the
signals from each sensor, and outputs current to TERMINAL RSO to control the idle air control valve.
∗ A/C cut control system
When the vehicle suddenly accelerates from low engine speed, this system cuts off the air conditioner operation for a fixed
period of time in response to the vehicle speed, throttle valve opening angle and intake manifold pressure in order to
maintain acceleration performance.
The engine control module receives (each signal), and outputs signals to TERMINAL ACT.
∗ Knock control system
Knock control system controls the gate based on the engine rotation speed and detects knocking by the peak value of the
knock sensor output during the gate open period, and then controls it to the most suitable ignition timing in proportion to the
driving condition.
∗ Evapoparge control system
This system leads the vapor stuck to the canister to the serge tank in order not to agitate the air fuel by adjusting the fuel
injection volume.
The signal at this time will be output from TERMINAL EVP of the engine control module to VSV (ORVR).
3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
With the diagnosis system, when there is a malfunctioning in the engine control module signal system,the malfunction system
is recorded in the memory. The malfunctioning system can be found by reading the display (Code) of the check engine
warning light.
4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM
When a malfunction occurs in any system, if there is a possibility of engine trouble being caused by continued control based
on the signals from that system, the fail–safe system either controls the system by using the data (Standard values) recorded
in the engine control module memory or else stops the engine.

78
SERVICE HINTS
C/OPN RELAY
5–3 : Closed with the starter running and the engine running
EFI or F–HTR RELAY
5–3 : Closed with the ignition SW at ON or ST position
E2 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR
1–2 : Approx. 14.96 kΩ (–20°C, –4°F)
Approx. 5.65 kΩ ( 0°C, 32°F)
Approx. 2.44 kΩ (20°C, 68°F)
Approx. 0.3143 kΩ (80°C, 176°F)
E4 (A), E5 (B), E6 (C) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
Voltage at engine control module wiring connectors
BATT–E1 : Always 9–14 volts
+B–E1 : 9–14 volts (Ignition SW at ON position)
VC–E1 : 4.5–5.5 volts (Ignition SW at ON position)
VTA–E1 : 0.3–0.8 volts (Ignition SW on and throttle valve fully closed)
: 3.2–4.9 volts (Ignition SW on and throttle valve fully open)
PIM–E1 : 3.3–3.9 volts (Ignition SW at ON position)
THA–E1 : 0.5–3.4 volts (Engine idling and intake air temp. 0–80°C, 32–176°F)
THW–E1 : 0.2–1.0 volts (Engine idling and engine coolant temp. 60–120°C, 140–248°F)
STA–E1 : 6–14 volts (Engine cranking)
IGT1, IGT2–E1 : Pulse generation (Engine idling)
IGF–E1 : Pulse generation (Engine idling)
FC–E1 : 9–14 volts (Ignition SW on and engine stopping)
0–3 volts (Engine idling)
W–E1 : 9–14 volts (Engine idling and warning light off)
AC1–E1 : 9–14 volts (Ignition SW on and A/C SW off)
ACT–E1 : 4.5–5.5 volts (Ignition SW on and A/C SW on)
SPD–E1 : Pulse generation (Driving approx. 20 km/h)
ELS2–E1 : 7.5–14 volts (Ignition SW on and taillight on)
ELS1–E1 : 7.5–14 volts (Ignition SW on and rear window defogger on)
NSW–E1 : 0–3 volts (Engine cranking)
#10, #20, #30, #40–E1 : Pulse generation (Engine idling)
NE–NE– : Pulse generation (Engine idling)
RSO–E1 : Pulse generation (Engine idling)
G2–NE– : Pulse generation (Engine idling)
TPC–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW on and disconnect the quick connector from the vapor pressure sensor)
PTNK–E1 : 3.0–3.6 volts (Ignition SW at ON position)
: 1.3–2.1 volts (Ignition SW on and apply vacuum 2.0 kpa (15.0 mm hg, 0.6 in. hg)
OX1, OX2–E1 : Pulse generation (Maintain engine speed at 2500 rpm for two minutes after warming up.)
HT1, HT2–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position)
0–3.0 volts (Engine idling)
KNK–E1 : Pulse generation (Engine idling)
EVP–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position)
TACH–E1 : Pulse generation (Engine idling)

79
ENGINE CONTROL
: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A10 36 H3 35 J9 A 37
C1 34 H6 36 J10 B 37
C2 34 I1 35 J11 37
C10 36 I2 35 J12 37
C12 B 36 I3 35 K1 35
C13 C 36 I4 35 M1 35
C14 D 36 I5 35 N1 37
C19 36 I6 35 A 35
P1
D1 34 I7 35 B 35
D2 36 I8 35 P2 35
E2 34 I10 37 T2 35
E4 A 36 I11 A 37 V1 35
E5 B 36 J1 37 V2 35
E6 C 36 J6 37 V3 39
F7 38 J8 37 V4 39

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)


1 20 Driver Side R/B (Left Kick Panel)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA
22 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
IB
IC 22 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
IE
23
IG Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower
( Finish Panel))
IJ 22
1C 25 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1E 24 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1F 24 Floor Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
2B 27 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2C
2D 27 Engine
g Wire and Engine
g Room J/B ((Engine
g Compartment Left))
2E
2F
2G 27 Engine
g Room Main Wire and Engine
g Room J/B (Engine
( g Compartment Left))
2I
3B
3C 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Behind
( the Combination Meter))
3D

80
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
EA1 40 Engine No.4 Wire and Engine Wire (Inside of the Intake Manifold RH)
IC1 42 Floor Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)
IG1 42 Floor Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IJ1
44 Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Instrument Panel Brace LH)
IJ2
IK1 44 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
IL1
44 Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
IL2
BC1 46 Fuel Control Wire and Floor Wire (Rear Wheel House LH)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EB 40 Front Side of the Left Fender
EC 40 Cylinder Head
ID 42 Left Kick Panel
IE 42 Instrument Panel Brace LH
IG 42 Instrument Panel Brace RH
BI 46 Under the Left Quarter Pillar

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
E1 40 Engine Room Main Wire I9 44 Engine Wire
I8 44 Engine Wire

A10 BLACK C1, C2 BLACK C10 (w/ Theft Deterrent System) C12 (B)

1  X 4 
6      
1 2 1 2   3 X X X X   X X   X 15 

(w/o Theft Deterrent System) C12 (B) C13 (C) BLUE

  3 X X X X  X X X   X 15     4 X   X 9 10   

(USA, Puerto Rico) C14 (D) GRAY (Canada) C14 (D) GRAY C19

X 2 3 X X  X    X 2 3 X   X    X       

    13   

81
ENGINE CONTROL
D1 BLACK D2 E2 DARK GRAY

1 2
X X 3 X  X X
X 
X 8 X X  X 16 X X X X X X X

12 X X X  X X X X X 7 X 5 4 X X X

E4 (A) DARK GRAY E5 (B) DARK GRAY E6 (C) DARK GRAY F7 DARK GRAY

1 X X 4 5 6 7 8 X 10 11 12 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3  5 X X 8 9 10 11   

14 X 16 17 X 19 20    24 25 26 9 X 11  13 14 15 16 12 13 14 X 16 17   X 21  4 5

H3, H6 DARK GRAY I1 GRAY I2 GRAY I3 BLACK I4, I5, I6, I7 GRAY

1 2
1 2
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
3 4

I8 BLACK I10 I11 (A) J1

A A A A A
1 2 A A A A A A A
      X X 9  11 
X    (Hint : See Page 7)
X 6 7 8

J6 BLACK J8 J9 (A) BLACK J10 (B) BLACK

   B B
   D D DB A A
A A A A X X B B     B B X X
(Hint : See Page 7) D D D E E E D D D E E E
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

J11 J12 K1 DARK GRAY

A A A B B B B    A A A A A X X X X 1
X X X X X X X X X    
D D D B B B B B B E E E

(Hint : See Page 7)


(Hint : See Page 7)

82
M1 BLACK N1 GRAY (4 A/T) P1 (A) GRAY (3 A/T) P1 (B) GRAY

1 2 X   
1 2 3 5 6
X  X 
X 2 3 X
  X  X

P2 BLACK T2 BLACK V1 BLACK V2 BLACK V3 BLACK

1 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
1 2

V4 BLACK

1 2

83
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)

B–W

7. 5A 15A 15A 5A
IGN EFI OR STOP ST
F–HTR

4 IA 7 IC 3 IE
B–O

R–W
7 2I

B–W

B–W
1 5 G–W

EFI OR
F–HTR 2 1 1E 2 3C D A

J 9 A , J10 B
RELAY

STOP LIGHT SW

CONNECTOR
2 3

JUNCTION
8 1B 9 3D E B E B
S6

1
4 2F 10 2C 8 2E

G–W
G–W B–W

B–W
W–B(* 1)

W–B(* 2)

4 IJ1
R–W
B

G–W
E4 A , E5 B , E6 C
12 C 1 C ENGINE CONTROL MODULE 4 C 1 A
BATT
+B

STP

NSW
IDLO
OD1

VTA
PIM

VC
S1

S2

SL

E2
23 A 22 A 21 A 12 B 3 C 2 B 1 B 11 B 9 B
W–B(* 1)

W–B(* 2)

BR–Y

L–Y

Y
JUNCTION CONNECTOR

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

J12
JUNCTION
A F A CONNECTOR
F BR–Y A Y
LG–R
R–W

L–W
(* 5)

(* 5)

BR
LG
V

(* 5)
A F A
BR–Y

L–Y
J12
J1

6 IL1 11 IL1 7 IL1


Y

3 1 2
S1 S2 SL
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE

2 3 1 3
THROTTLE POSITION
BR–Y
W

R–W

PRESSURE SENSOR
B

L–W
(*5)

(*5)

(*5)

PIM VC VC VTA
LOCK–UP

6 14 13
NO. 1

NO. 2

SENSOR
IDL
ECT

OD

E2 E2
M1

T2

1 2
W–B(* 1)

W–B(* 2)

BR

BR

BR
E1
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED C19 BR BR
TRANSMISSION SOLENOID I8
CRUISE CONTROL ECU
BR

EB

146
* 3 : USA W/O ABS, CRUISE CONTROL, REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR, TACHOMETER FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
* 1 : TMMC MADE * 4 : EXCEPT USA W/O ABS, CRUISE CONTROL, REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR, TACHOMETER
* 2 : NUMMI MADE * 5 : W/ CRUISE CONTROL
B–W

10A
GAUGE
B–W

R–L
9
5 2 I11 A
INTEGRATION
P RELAY
9 A
P1
R A/T SHIFT LEVER
POSITION SW

R–L
[PARK/NEUTRAL
N POSITION SW]
5 3C
2
4
R–L
L 3D

6 4 3 8
18 3B
E A

J 9 A , J10 B
B

CONNECTOR
R–B

JUNCTION
3 2D

R–L
C
J11
LG–R
LG–B

JUNCTION D B D B
CONNECTOR
R–L R–L
C
11 2E
V–W
R–B

LG
B–W

14 IJ2

11 C 19 C 18 C 17 C 9 C 22 C
STA

SPD
L

OD2

LG

V–W
(*4)
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
E4 A , E5 B , E6 C

4 3C
22 IJ2
V–W
(* 3)

19 3B
V–W
(* 4)

R–L
LG

JUNCTION CONNECTOR
THW

THA

TE1

EO1 EO2 EO3 E1


4 B 3 B 15 B 13 A 26 A 16 B 14 A 9 C 2 D
D
D C12 B , C13 C , C14 D
Y–B
W
ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR

D
LG

COMBINATION METER
SPEEDOMETER
J7

2
INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR

LG

O/D OFF

2 2
L–W

BR

BR

BR

BR

O/D SW
O2
DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1

4
1 1
W–B

8 6 D 15 B 4 C 10 C
TE1
R–W

W–L

8 3B LG
E2

I8
BR

BR

R–L
BR

E1 19 IJ2 18 IJ2
13 3C
D1

R–W

W–L

3
BR

BR

BR
BR

13 1E 2 1C 2 3
W–B

SE SI
I8
W–B

W–B

BR A
BR A IG+ 1
BR
J8 V1
EC IE JUNCTION ID IG VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
CONNECTOR

147
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION
SYSTEM OUTLINE
Previous automatic transaxle have selected each gear shift using mechanically controlled throttle hydraulic pressure, governor
hydraulic pressure and lock–up hydraulic pressure. The electronically controlled transmission, however, controls the line
pressure and lock–up pressure etc.electrically, through the solenoid valve. The engine control module controls each solenoid
valve based on the input signals from each sensor, which makes smooth driving possible by shift selection for each gear that
is most appropriate to the driving conditions at that time.
1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATION
During driving, the engine control module selects the shift for each gear which is most appropriate to the driving conditions,
based on input signals from the engine coolant temp. sensor to TERMINAL THW of the engine control module, and also the
input signals to TERMINAL SPD of the engine control module from the vehicle speed sensor devoted to the electronically
controlled transmission. Current is then output to the electronically controlled transmission solenoid. When shifting to 1st
speed, the current flows from TERMINAL S1 of the engine control module to TERMINAL 3 of the solenoid to GROUND, and
continuity to the No. 1 solenoid causes the shift.
For 2nd speed, the current flows from TERMINAL S1 of the engine control module to TERMINAL 3 of the solenoid to
GROUND, and from TERMINAL S2 of the engine control module to TERMINAL 1 of the solenoid to GROUND, and continuity
to solenoids No. 1 and No. 2 causes the shift.
For 3rd speed, there is no continuity to No. 1 solenoid, only to No. 2, causing the shift.
Shifting into 4th speed (Overdrive) takes place when there is no continuity to both No. 1 and No. 2 solenoid.
2. LOCK–UP OPERATION
When the engine control module judges from each signal that lock–up operation conditions have been met, the current flows
from TERMINAL SL of the engine control module to TERMINAL 2 of the electronically controlled transmission solenoid to
GROUND, causing continuity to the lock–up solenoid, thus causing lock–up operation.
3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUIT
If the brake pedal is depressed (Stop light SW on ) when driving in lock–up condition, a signal is input to TERMINAL STP of
the engine control module, the engine control module operates and continuity to the lock–up solenoid is cut.
4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT
∗ O/D SW on
When the O/D SW is turned on (O/D off indicator light turns off), a signal is input into TERMINAL OD2 of the engine control
module and engine control module operation causes gear shift when the conditions for overdrive are met.
∗ O/D SW off
When the O/D SW is turned off, the current through the O/D off indicator light flows through the O/D SW to ground, causing
the indicator light to light up. At the same time, a signal is input into TERMINAL OD2 of the engine control module and
engine control module operation prevents shift into overdrive.

SERVICE HINTS
E4 (A), E5 (B), E6 (C) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
S1,S2–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts with the ignition SW on and the solenoid on
0–1.5 volts with the ignition SW on and the solenoid off
L–E1 : 7.5–14.0 volts with the ignition SW on and the shift lever at L position
2–E1 : 7.5–14.0 volts with the ignition SW on and the shift lever at 2 position
R–E1 : 7.5–14.0 volts with the ignition SW on and the shift lever at R position
STP–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts with the brake pedal depressed
THW–E2 : 0.2–1.0 volts with the engine coolant temp. 60°C (140°F) –120°C (248°F) and engine idling
VTA–E2 : 0.3–0.8 volts with the ignition SW on and the throttle valve fully closed
3.2–4.9 volts with the ignition SW on and the throttle valve fully open
VC–E2 : 4.5–5.5 volts with the ignition SW on
OD2–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts with the ignition SW on and the O/D SW turned on
0–3.0 volts with the ignition SW on and the O/D SW turned off
+B–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts with the ignition SW on
E1 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID
1, 2, 3–GROUND : Each 11–15 Ω
O2 O/D SW
2–4 : Closed with the O/D SW off, open with the O/D SW on

148
: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
C12 B 36 E6 C 36 J12 37
C13 C 36 I8 35 M1 35
C14 D 36 I11 A 37 O2 37
C19 36 J1 37 P1 35
D1 34 J7 37 S6 37
E1 34 J8 37 T2 35
E2 34 J9 A 37 V1 35
E4 A 36 J10 B 37
E5 B 36 J11 37

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA 22 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
IC 22 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
IE 23 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1B
25 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1C
1E 24 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
2C
2D 27 Engine
g Wire and Engine
g Room J/B ((Engine
g Compartment Left))
2E
2F
27 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2I
3B
3C 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Behind
( the Combination Meter))
3D

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IJ1
44 Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Instrument Panel Brace LH)
IJ2
IL1 44 Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EB 40 Front Side of the Left Fender
EC 40 Cylinder Head
ID 42 Left Kick Panel
IE 42 Instrument Panel Brace LH
IG 42 Instrument Panel Brace RH

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
I8 44 Engine Wire

149
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION
(w/ Theft Deterrent System) C12 (B) (w/o Theft Deterrent System) C12 (B)

   X X X X   X X   X 15     X X X X  X X X   X 15 

C13 (C) BLUE (USA, Puerto Rico) C14 (D) GRAY (Canada) C14 (D) GRAY

   4 X   X 9 10    X 2  X X 6 X    X 2  X 6 X   

C19 D1 BLACK E1 BLACK E2 DARK GRAY

X     6   1 2 3
1 2
X X 3 X  X X
    13 14   X 
X 8 X X  X

 X X X  X X X X

E4 (A) DARK GRAY E5 (B) DARK GRAY E6 (C) DARK GRAY I8 BLACK

1 X X      X    13 1 2 3 4     1  3 4  X X  9  11 1 2
14 X   X   21 22 23   26 9 X 11 12   15 16 12   X  17 18 19 X  22

I11 (A) J1 J7 BLACK J8

A A A A A     
A A A A AA A    D D D A A
      X X 9    A A A A
(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)

J9 (A) BLACK J10 (B) BLACK J11

       C C C
X X         X X
           
D D D E E E D D D E E E

(Hint : See Page 7)


(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

150
J12 M1 BLACK O2 BLUE P1 GRAY

A A A A A X X X X
X X X X X X X X X F F F F  2 X 2 3 4
1 2 3 5 6
 4 X 8 X 
(Hint : See Page 7)

(w/ Cruise Control) S6 BLUE (w/o Cruise Control) S6 BLUE T2 BLACK V1 BLACK

1 2 3 1 2 3
1 2 1 2
  X X

151
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
* 1: W/ INTERMITTENT VOLUME SW
* 2: W/O INTERMITTENT VOLUME SW
* 3: W/ WASHER CONTINUOUS
* 4: W/ INTERMITTENT

20A
WIP

C17 5 IC 4 IC
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW
[COMB. SW]

L
6 1B
WASHER
HIGH
MIST

LOW
OFF

INT

(* 3)
3 1A

6
WF 11 L–Y L–Y 1 2 L
IB2 M

W2
WASHER MOTOR
EW 2 W–B

(* 2)

+S 16 L–W

(* 1)
+1 7 L–B

+2 8 L–R
L

B JUNCTION CONNECTOR
+B 17 L L B

WIPER RELAY (*4)


B
J13

L–W
L–R

L–B

2 3 6 5
+2 +1 B S

W–B
W–B

E
1 F3
A A FRONT WIPER MOTOR
W–B A A W–B

J14
JUNCTION
ID CONNECTOR IH

112
SYSTEM OUTLINE
With the ignition SW turned on, the current flows to TERMINAL 17 of the front wiper and washer SW, TERMINAL 2 of the
washer motor and TERMINAL 6 of the front wiper motor through the WIP fuse.
1. LOW SPEED POSITION
With wiper SW turned to LOW position, the current flows from TERMINAL 17 of the front wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL
7 to TERMINAL 3 of the front wiper motor to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND and causes to the wiper motor to run at low speed.
2. HIGH SPEED POSITION
With wiper SW turned to HIGH position, the current flows from TERMINAL 17 of the front wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL
8 to TERMINAL 2 of the front wiper motor to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND and causes to the wiper motor to run at high speed.
3. INT POSITION (w/ INTERMITTENT OPERATION)
With wiper SW turned to INT position, the relay operates and the current which is connected by relay function flows from
TERMINAL 17 of the front wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND. This flow of current operates the intermittent
circuit and the current flows from TERMINAL 17 of the front wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 7 to TERMINAL 3 of the front
wiper motor to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND and the functions.
The intermittent operation is controlled by the charge/discharge function of the condenser installed in the relay, and the
intermittent time is controlled by a time control SW (w/ intermittent volume SW) to change the charging time of the condenser.
4. MIST POSITION (w/ MIST SW)
With wiper SW turned to MIST position, the current flows from TERMINAL 17 of the front wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL
7 to TERMINAL 3 of the front wiper motor to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND and causes to the front wiper motor to run at low
speed.
5. WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATION
With the washer SW turned to on, the current flows from TERMINAL 2 of the washer motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 11
of the front wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND and causes to the washer motor to run, and the window
washer jet operates. This causes the current to flow to washer continuous operation circuit in TERMINAL 17 of the front wiper
and washer SW to TERMINAL 7 to TERMINAL 3 of the front wiper motor to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND and the washer
operates continuously.
6. WASHER OPERATION (w/o WASHER CONTINUOUS CONTROL)
With the washer SW turned to on, the current flows from TERMINAL 2 of the washer motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 11
of the front wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND and causes the washer motor to run and the window washer
jet operates only while the washer SW is pressed.

SERVICE HINTS
C17 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW]
2–GROUND : Always continuity
17–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position
7–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with wiper and washer SW at LOW position
: Approx. 12 volts with wiper and washer SW at MIST position (w/ mist SW)
: Approx. 12 volts every approx. 1 to 10 seconds intermittently with wiper and washer SW at INT position
(w/ intermittent operation)
16–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW on unless wiper motor at STOP position
8–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW on and wiper and washer SW at HIGH position
F3 FRONT WIPER MOTOR
6–5 : Closed unless wiper motor at STOP position

: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
C17 36 J13 37 W2 35
F3 34 J14 37

113
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IC 22 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1A 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1B 25 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IB2 42 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side R/B)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location


ID 42 Left Kick Panel
IH 42 Right Kick Panel

C17 BLACK F3 GRAY J13 J14

 B B   A A A A
1 2 3
X 2 X X X X 7 8 X   B      A A A A A A A
X 5 6
X 11 X X X X 16 17 X
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)

W2 BLACK

1 2 X

114
115
HEADLIGHT (CANADA)

B
R
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)

3 2B B

10A 1 B–R
GAUGE
R

15A 40A
DOME MAIN
9 5 5 5
I11 A
INTEGRATION
RELAY 2
9 A 4
4 1

DIMMER
RELAY
HEAD
RELAY
R–L

11 2I

L–Y
3 2 2 3 1

8 2I 3 2G
4 1A 5
5 3C R
R–W
6
R–L
3A
10 1E

R–W

W–R
18 3B
L–Y
R–L
B

11 3B
R–G
4 IH1 11 IH1
R–L
R–G
COMBINATION METER

1 C 2 D 10 3A

R–W
W–R
R–W
C13 C , C14 D

L–Y

R–Y
BRAKE
BEAM

R–Y
10 2 3 8 9 13 6
IND IG +B H–LP DIM H HI
12 C 6 C
R–Y
W–B

E1
17 3B
D3
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)
L

16 3C 16 3A

BRK PKB CHG– E E2 DRL2 DRL


R–Y

FL MAIN 4 5 14 11 12 7 1
2. 0L
W–B

W–B

R–Y

R–Y
Y

3 1E R–Y
J 9 A , J10 B

C A C C A A
R–B

CONNECTOR

A R–Y
JUNCTION

C J2
5 1A A B JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
R–Y

BATTERY
Y

1 1 1
WARNING SW

L 2 IH1
P3
PARKING W–B
BRAKE SW
B2
W–B

2 G2
GENERATOR
W–B

A
J8 13 2
A W–B W–B W–B
JUNCTION 1E 1C
CONNECTOR

IE EB

90
R

B–R B–R

R
B

B
4 2G
5 5 5

1 1 1

10A 10A 10A 10A


HEAD (LH) OR HEAD (RH) OR 7. 5A
HEAD HEAD DRL
HEAD HEAD (LH–LWR) (RH–LWR)
(LH–UPR) (RH–UPR)

2 2 2

5 2G 2 2G 5 5 5

R–Y
R–Y

R–W

4 1E

R–W
R–G

R–G
R–Y

R–Y
2 1B 1 1B
2 1 2 1
R–W

H1 H2
R–W

HEADLIGHT HEADLIGHT
LH RH
R–W
7 I4 3 3
R–Y R–Y
IK2
R–W

R–B

R–L
(DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT)
R–W

13 7 8
10 1A
CONTROL SW

OFF
2
TAIL
LIGHT

HEAD
DIODE

2 1E 8 1A
COMBINATION SW

D4

LOW 1
DIMMER SW

R–L R–W
R–B

HIGH
6 6

FLASH 1 4
C15

3 IB2
16 DRL
RELAY
W–B

R–B

R–Y

R–Y
2 3

6 6
W–B

R–B

R–B

A
W–B W–B A J1
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B

A
W–B
W–B

A A
W–B W–B A J14
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR

ID IH EB

91
HEADLIGHT (CANADA)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
The current from the FL MAIN is always flowing from the MAIN fuse to HEAD relay (Coil side) to TERMINAL 8 of the daytime
running light relay (Main), and from DOME fuse to TERMINAL 3 of the daytime running light relay (Main).
When the ignition SW is turned on, the current flowing through the GAUGE fuse flows to TERMINAL 9 of the integration relay
to TERMINAL (A) 9 to TERMINAL 2 of the daytime running light relay (Main).
1. DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATION
When the engine is started, voltage generated at TERMINAL L of the generator is applied to TERMINAL 14 of the daytime
running light relay (Main). If the parking brake lever is pulled up (Parking brake SW on) at this time, the relay is not activated so
the daytime running light system does not operate. If the parking brake lever is then released (Parking brake SW off), a signal
is input to TERMINAL 5 of the relay.
This activates the daytime running light relay (Main) and the HEAD relay is turned to on, so the current flows from the MAIN
fuse to the HEAD relay (Point side) to TERMINAL 4 of the DIMMER relay to TERMINAL 1 to HEAD (LH–LWR), HEAD
(RH–LWR) fuses to TERMINAL 1 of the headlights to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINALS 1 and 7 of the daytime running light relay
(Main) to TERMINALS 11 and 12 to GROUND, causing the headlights to light up (Headlights light up dimmer than normal
brightness.). Once the daytime running light system operates and the headlights light up, the headlights remain on even if the
parking brake lever is pulled up (Parking brake SW on).
If the engine stalls and the ignition SW remains on, the headlights remain light up even through current is no longer output
from TERMINAL L of the generator. If the ignition SW is then turned off, the headlights go off.
If the engine is started with the parking brake lever released (Parking brake SW off), the daytime running light system operates
and headlights light up when the engine starts.
2. HEADLIGHT OPERATION
When the light control SW is switched to HEAD position and the dimmer SW is set to LOW position, causing the daytime
running light relay (Main) and the HEAD relay to turn on, so the current flows from the MAIN fuse to HEAD relay (Point side) to
DRL fuse to TERMINAL 4 of the DRL relay to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 1 of the diode (Daytime running light) to
TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 13 of the light control SW to TERMINAL 16 to GROUND, activating the DRL relay. The current to
HEAD relay (Point side) then flows to TERMINAL 4 of the DIMMER relay to TERMINAL 1 to HEAD (LH–LWR), HEAD
(RH–LWR) fuses to TERMINAL 1 of the headlights to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 1 of the DRL relay to TERMINAL 2 to
GROUND, causing the headlights to light up at normal intensity.
When the light control SW is switched to HEAD position and the dimmer SW is set to HIGH position, the signal from the
dimmer SW is input to the daytime running light relay (Main). This activates the daytime running light relay (Main) and the
HEAD relay is turned on, so the current flows from the MAIN fuse to HEAD relay (Point side) to TERMINAL 4 of the DIMMER
relay to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 9 of the daytime running light relay (Main), activating the DIMMER relay. This causes
current to flow from TERMINAL 4 of the DIMMER relay to TERMINAL 3 to HEAD (LH) or HEAD (LH–UPR), HEAD (RH) or
HEAD (RH–UPR) fuses to TERMINAL 2 of the headlights to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 1 of the DRL relay to TERMINAL 2
to GROUND, causing the headlights to light up at high beam and the high beam indicator light to light up.
When the dimmer SW is switched to FLASH position, the signal from the dimmer SW is input to the daytime running light relay
(Main). This activates the daytime running light relay (Main) and the HEAD relay is turned on, so the current flows from the
MAIN fuse to HEAD relay (Point side) to DRL fuse to TERMINAL 4 of the DRL relay to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 1 of the
diode (Daytime running light) to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 8 of the dimmer SW to TERMINAL 16 to GROUND, activating the
DRL relay. At the same time, the current flows from the TERMINAL 4 of the DIMMER relay to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 9 of
the daytime running light relay (Main), activating the DIMMER relay, and also flows from the HEAD (LH) or HEAD (LH–UPR),
HEAD (RH) or HEAD (RH–UPR) fuses to TERMINAL 2 of the headlights to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 1 of the DRL relay to
TERMINAL 2 to GROUND, causing the headlights to light up at high beam and the high beam indicator light to light up.

92
SERVICE HINTS
HEAD RELAY
1–2 : Closed with the light control SW at HEAD position or the dimmer SW at FLASH position
Closed with the engine running and the parking brake lever is released (Parking brake SW off)
D3 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)
2–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
13–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the light control SW at HEAD position or the dimmer SW at FLASH position
3, 8–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts
5–GROUND : Continuity with the parking brake lever pulled up
14–GROUND : 13.9–15.1 volts with the engine running at 2000 rpm 25°C (77°F)
11, 12–GROUND : Always continuity
6–GROUND : Continuity with the dimmer SW at HIGH or FLASH position
4–GROUND : Continuity with the brake fluid level not enough or the parking brake lever pulled up

: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
B2 34 G2 34 J8 37
C13 C 36 H1 35 J9 A 37
C14 D 36 H2 35 J10 B 37
C15 36 I11 A 37 J14 37
D3 36 J1 37 P3 37
D4 36 J2 37
: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)


5 20 Engine Room R/B No.5 (Engine Compartment Left)
6 21 Engine Room R/B No.6 (Radiator Support RH)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1A 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1B
25 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1C
1E 24 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
2B
2G 27 Engine
g Room Main Wire and Engine
g Room J/B (Engine
( g Compartment Left))
2I
3A
28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Behind the Combination Meter)
3B
3C 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Behind the Combination Meter)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IB2 42 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side R/B)
IH1 42 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Lower Finish Panel)
IK2 44 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EB 40 Front Side of the Left Fender
ID 42 Left Kick Panel
IE 42 Instrument Panel Brace LH
IH 42 Right Kick Panel

93
HEADLIGHT (CANADA)
: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
E1 40 Engine Room Main Wire I4 44 Cowl Wire

(w/ ABS) B2 GRAY (w/o ABS) B2 GRAY C13 (C) BLUE C14 (D) GRAY

1 2 1 2 1    X 6  X    12  X 2  X   X   

C15 D3 D4 BLACK G2 GRAY H1, H2 GRAY

1 2 3 4 5 6 1
7 8 9 1011121314 1 2
1   2 3
   X X X 7 8
X X X X13  X 16 X

I11 (A) J1 BLACK J2 GRAY J8

A A A A A A X CC
A A X X X CC A A
      X X 9    (Hint : See Page 7) A A A A
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)

J9 (A) BLACK J10 (B) BLACK J14 P3 BLACK

A A A A 1
X X   C C A A   X X
A A A A A A A
           

(Hint : See Page 7)


(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

94
95
HEADLIGHT (USA, PUERTO RICO)

W
3 2B

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)


4 IB

5 1 R
10A 15A 40A

TAIL RELAY
GAUGE DOME MAIN

2
9
I11 A 3 2
INTEGRATION 6 IC 4 1
RELAY

HEAD RELAY
9 A
R–L
W
B

LG
3 2

5 3C 11 2I 8 2I 3 2G
6
R–L

R–W
L–Y
3A

R
FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

4
18 3B 4 1A
100A ALT

R–L

10 1E

R–W
F4

LG

L–Y
1
COMBINATION METER

1 C 2 D
11 3B
C13 C , C14 D

2 IK1 4 IH1
B

BRAKE
BEAM

10 3A
12 C 6 C

R–W
R–G

R–L

LG

L–Y

D3
W–B

R–Y

DAYTIME RUNNING
21 23 16 22 19 LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)
IND IG TAIL +B H–LP
17 3B

E1

16 3C 16 3A
R–Y
L

BRK PKB CSB CSO CSE


R–Y

4 14 6 15 5
3 1E
W–R

G–R
R–B

FL MAIN
2. 0L

5 1A
1 4 3
R–Y

BRAKE FLUID LEVEL

CLTB CLTS CLTE


1
1
WARNING SW

BRAKE SW
PARKING

W–B(* 2)
P3

A16
AUTOMATIC LIGHT
B2

BATTERY CONTROL SENSOR W–B(* 1)


W–B

2
W–B(* 2)

W–B(* 1)
A
J8 13 2
A W–B W–B W–B
JUNCTION 1E 1C
CONNECTOR

IE

84
R

B–R

B–R
R

B
R * 1 : TMMC MADE
* 2 : NUMM1 MADE

5 5 5

4
DIMMER RELAY

2 3 1

5
GENERATOR

R–W

L
G2

4 1E
W–R

1
Y

2 1B 1 1B
J 9 A , J10 B

A B
CONNECTOR

11 IH1
7
JUNCTION

R–Y R–Y
IK2

C A
3
LG–B LG–B
IK1
R–W

R–W
W–R

R–Y

R–Y
Y

R–W
13 20 2 3 17
CHG– DIM H H1 T
14 13 7 8
CONTROL SW

OFF

TAIL
LIGHT

HEAD

LOW
DIMMER SW

E E2 DRL2 DRL H–ON


12 1 11 25 18 D3 HIGH
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT
R–B

RELAY (MAIN)
W–B

W–B

R–Y

R–Y

FLASH
CONNECTOR

3 IH1 C15 16
JUNCTION

C C A A COMBINATION SW
A R–Y R–Y
J2

R–B R–B
C

2
W–B W–B W–B
IH1
W–B(* 2) W–B(* 2)

W–B(* 1) W–B(* 1)
W–B

W–B

A A
W–B

W–B W–B W–B A J14


JUNCTION
CONNECTOR

ID IH

85
HEADLIGHT (USA, PUERTO RICO)

B
* 1 : TMMC MADE
* 2 : NUMMI MADE
B

B–R

R
B

B
4 2G

5 5 5

1 1 1

10A 10A
HEAD HEAD 10A 10A 7. 5A
(LH) OR (RH) OR HEAD HEAD DRL
HEAD HEAD (LH–LWR) (RH–LWR)
(LH–UPR) (RH–UPR)

2 2 2

5 2G 2 2G 5 5 5

R–W
R–G

R–G
R–Y

R–Y

R–G

R–G
R–Y

R–Y
2 1 2 1
H1 H2
HEADLIGHT HEADLIGHT
LH RH

3 3
R–B

R–L

10 1A

2 1E 8 1A
R–L

R–L R–W
R–Y

6 6

1 4

DRL
RELAY

2 3

6 6

R–Y
W–B

R–B

R–B R–B

A
W–B W–B A
J1
JUNCTION
W–B(* 2) W–B(* 2) A CONNECTOR

W–B(* 1) W–B(* 1)
A
W–B

EB

86
SYSTEM OUTLINE
The current from the FL MAIN is always flowing from the MAIN fuse to HEAD relay (Coil side) to TERMINAL 19 of the daytime
running light relay (Main), from DOME fuse to TERMINAL 22 of the daytime running light relay (Main) and from the ALT fuse to
TAIL relay (Coil side) to TERMINAL 16 of the daytime running light relay (Main).
When the ignition SW is turned on, the current flowing through the GAUGE fuse flows to TERMINAL 9 of the integration relay
to TERMINAL (A) 9 to TERMINAL 23 of the daytime running light relay (Main).
1. DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATION
When the engine is started, voltage generated at TERMINAL L of the generator is applied to TERMINAL 13 of the daytime
running light relay (Main). If the parking brake lever is pulled up (Parking brake SW on) at this time, the relay is not activated so
the daytime running light system does not operate. If the parking brake lever is then released (Parking brake SW off), a signal
is input to TERMINAL 14 of the relay.
This activates the daytime running light relay (Main) and the HEAD relay is turned to on, so the current flows from the MAIN
fuse to the HEAD relay (Point side) to TERMINAL 4 of the DIMMER relay to TERMINAL 1 to HEAD (LH–LWR), HEAD
(RH–LWR) fuses to TERMINAL 1 of the headlights to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINALS 11 and 25 of the daytime running light
relay (Main) to TERMINALS 1 and 12 to GROUND, causing the headlights to light up (Headlights light up dimmer than normal
brightness.). Once the daytime running light system operates and the headlights light up, the headlights remain on even if the
parking brake lever is pulled up (Parking brake SW on).
If the engine stalls and the ignition SW remains on, the headlights remain light up even through current is no longer output
from TERMINAL L of the generator. If the ignition SW is then turned off, the headlights go off.
If the engine is started with the parking brake lever released (Parking brake SW off), the daytime running light system operates
and headlights light up when the engine starts.
2. HEADLIGHT OPERATION
When the light control SW is switched to HEAD position and the dimmer SW is set to LOW position, causing the daytime
running light relay (Main) and the HEAD relay to turn on, so the current flows from the MAIN fuse to HEAD relay (Point side) to
DRL fuse to TERMINAL 4 of the DRL relay to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 18 of the daytime running light relay (Main) to
TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 13 of the light control SW to TERMINAL 16 to GROUND, activating the DRL relay. The current to
HEAD relay (Point side) then flows to TERMINAL 4 of the DIMMER relay to TERMINAL 1 to HEAD (LH–LWR), HEAD
(RH–LWR) fuses to TERMINAL 1 of the headlights to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 1 of the DRL relay to TERMINAL 2 to
GROUND, causing the headlights to light up at normal intensity.
When the light control SW is switched to HEAD position and the dimmer SW is set to HIGH position, the signal from the
dimmer SW is input to the daytime running light relay (Main). This activates the daytime running light relay (Main) and the
HEAD relay is turned on, so the current flows from the MAIN fuse to HEAD relay (Point side) to TERMINAL 4 of the DIMMER
relay to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 20 of the daytime running light relay (Main), activating the DIMMER relay. This causes
current to flow from TERMINAL 4 of the DIMMER relay to TERMINAL 3 to HEAD (LH) or HEAD (LH–UPR), HEAD (RH) or
HEAD (RH–UPR) fuses to TERMINAL 2 of the headlights to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 1 of the DRL relay to TERMINAL 2
to GROUND, causing the headlights to light up at high beam and the high beam indicator light to light up.
When the dimmer SW is switched to FLASH position, the signal from the dimmer SW is input to the daytime running light relay
(Main). This activates the daytime running light relay (Main) and the HEAD relay is turned on, so the current flows from the
MAIN fuse to HEAD relay (Point side) to DRL fuse to TERMINAL 4 of the DRL relay to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 18, of the
daytime running light relay (Main) to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 8 of the dimmer SW to TERMINAL 16 to GROUND,
activating the DRL relay. At the same time, the current flows from the TERMINAL 4 of the DIMMER relay to TERMINAL 2 to
TERMINAL 20 of the daytime running light relay (Main), activating the DIMMER relay, and also flows from the HEAD (LH) or
HEAD (LH–UPR), HEAD (RH) or HEAD (RH–UPR) fuses to TERMINAL 2 of the headlights to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 1
of the DRL relay to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND, causing the headlights to light up at high beam and the high beam indicator
light to light up.
3. AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL OPERATION
When the daytime running light is operating and the Automatic control sensor detects a decrease in the ambient light (It
continues less than approx. 2500 lux over about 20 seconds, and it is less than 1000 lux.), the automatic light control
operation starts. At the same time, daytime running light relay (Main) is activated, so current flows from the ALT fuse to the
TAIL relay (Coil side) to TERMINAL 16 of the daytime running light relay (Main), and the DRL fuse to the DRL relay (Coil side)
to TERMINAL 18 of the daytime running light relay (Main), activating both the TAIL relay and the DRL relay, so that the
taillights and headlights light up.
When the automatic light control sensor detects an increase in the ambient light (It continues more than approx. 1000 lux over
about 20 seconds, and it is more than approx. 2500 lux), the ignition SW is turned to off, the light control SW is turned to HEAD
position, and the automatic light control operation stops.

87
HEADLIGHT (USA, PUERTO RICO)
SERVICE HINTS
HEAD RELAY
1–2 : Closed with the light control SW at HEAD position or the dimmer SW at FLASH position
Closed with the engine running and the parking brake lever is released (Parking brake SW off)
D3 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)
23–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
2–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the light control SW at HEAD position or the dimmer SW at FLASH position
16, 19, 22–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts
14–GROUND : Continuity with the parking brake lever pulled up
13–GROUND : 13.9–15.1 volts with the engine running at 2000 rpm 25°C (77°F)
1, 12–GROUND : Always continuity
3–GROUND : Continuity with the dimmer SW at HIGH or FLASH position
4–GROUND : Continuity with the brake fluid level not enough or the parking brake lever pulled up

: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A16 36 F4 34 J2 37
B2 34 G2 34 J8 37
C13 C 36 H1 35 J9 A 37
C14 D 36 H2 35 J10 B 37
C15 36 I11 A 37 J14 37
D3 36 J1 37 P3 37

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)


5 20 Engine Room R/B No.5 (Engine Compartment Left)
6 21 Engine Room R/B No.6 (Radiator Support RH)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IB 22 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
IC 22 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1A 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1B
25 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1C
1E 24 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
2B
2G 27 Engine
g Room Main Wire and Engine
g Room J/B (Engine
( g Compartment Left))
2I
3A
3B 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Behind
( the Combination Meter))
3C

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IH1 42 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Lower Finish Panel)
IK1
44 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
IK2

88
: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EB 40 Front Side of the Left Fender
ID 42 Left Kick Panel
IE 42 Instrument Panel Brace LH
IH 42 Right Kick Panel

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
E1 40 Engine Room Main Wire

A16 BLACK (w/ ABS) B2 GRAY (w/o ABS) B2 GRAY C13 (C) BLUE

1 2 1 2 1    X 6  X    12 
1 X 3 4

C14 (D) GRAY C15 D3

X 2  X X  X   
   X X X 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 X X X X 11

X X X X 1314 X 16 X 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 X 25

F4 G2 GRAY H1, H2 GRAY I11 (A)


(See Page 26)
1

1   2 3
      X X 9   

(TMMC Made) J1 BLACK (NUMMI Made) J1 J2 GRAY J8

A A A A A A A A A A A X CC
A A A A A A A A A X X X CC A A
(Hint : See Page 7) A A A A
(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)

J9 (A) BLACK J10 (B) BLACK J14 P3 BLACK

A A A A 1
X X   C C A A   X X
A A A A A A A
           

(Hint : See Page 7)


(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

89
HORN
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)

10A
HORN

5 1

HORN
RELAY

3 2

1 2F 10 2I

G–R
11 IB2

G–R
B

14 IK1
G–R

1 C16
H4 HORN SW
HORN [COMB. SW]

116
SERVICE HINTS
HORN RELAY
5–3 : Closed with the horn SW on.

: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
C16 36 H4 35

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2F
27 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2I

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IB2 42 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side R/B)
IK1 44 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)

C16 BLACK H4 BLACK


1

XX 6

117
INTERIOR LIGHT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)

15A
DOME * 1 : W/ MOON ROOF
* 2 : W/O MOON ROOF
* 3 : W/ DOOR LOCK CONTROL
* 4 : W/O DOOR LOCK CONTROL, W/O THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM
* 5 : W/ THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM
11 2I * 6 : TMMC MADE
* 7 : NUMMI MADE

L–Y
4 1A

3 1G 10 1E 9 1F
L–Y
(* 1)

L–Y
L–Y

L–Y

L–Y
(* 2)

B1
(* 1)
L–Y

L–Y
(* 1)

(* 1)
[MOON ROOF CONTROL SW]

1 2

LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
11 3B
1
PERSONAL LIGHT

10
INTERIOR LIGHT

DOOR

3C
OFF
ON

2
1 3B

LIGHT
L–Y
M3

L3
I13

4 1
R–W
W–B
(* 1)

CONNECTOR

B
L–Y
JUNCTION

1 IA1
J7

B
R–W

L–Y

R–W
(* 6)
5
CYLINDER LIGHT

3 IK2 1
IGNITION KEY

C11
OPEN DOOR WARNING LIGHT
R–W

[COMB. METER]
2
CONNECTOR

C
3
I9
JUNCTION

C R–W
CONNECTOR

R–W F
JUNCTION
R–W

R–W
J7

C (* 7)
R–W

J18

F
I11 A , I12 B 12 1E
10 A INTEGRATION RELAY 6 A 12 A

1 1C 11 1F
W–B
(*1)

8 9 B
R–W
R–W
(*6)
R–W
R–B
(*5)

7 ID (*4) J18
2 1G JUNCTION
1 A CONNECTOR
R–W(*3)

R–W(*4)

D5 A
R–W

DIODE
(DOOR COURTESY)
A
2 1C
R–W

A C 2
R–W

R–W R–W
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT

B A
(* 5) (*5)
DOOR COURTESY SW

DOOR COURTESY SW

DOOR COURTESY SW

DOOR COURTESY SW

1 1 1 1 1
J4 A , J5 B
W–B
(* 1)

JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
FRONT RH
FRONT LH

LIGHT SW
REAR RH
REAR LH

ID
D6

D7

D8

D9

L4

100
SERVICE HINTS
D6, D7, D8, D9 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH
1–GROUND : Closed with the door open
L4 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW
1–GROUND : Closed with the luggage compartment door open

: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
C11 36 I9 37 J7 37
D5 36 I11 A 37 J18 38
D6 38 I12 B 37 L3 39
D7 38 I13 38 L4 39
D8 38 J4 A 37 M3 39
D9 38 J5 B 37

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
ID 22 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1A 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1C 25 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1E 24 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1F 24 Floor Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1G 24 Roof Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
2I 27 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
3B
28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Behind the Combination Meter)
3C

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA1 42 Roof Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side R/B)
IK2 44 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location


ID 42 Left Kick Panel

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
B1 46 Roof Wire

101
INTERIOR LIGHT
C11 BROWN D5 BLACK D6, D7, D8, D9 I9 BLUE

1 2 1
  3 X 5 X  X X   X  1 2

I11 (A) I12 (B) I13 J4 (A) BLACK

   X  
  9  X  X 
     6 X X  10  12 1     C C
2      

(Hint : See Page 7)

J5 (B) BLACK J7 BLACK J18 DARK GRAY L3 GRAY

   B B
CCC   B A A A     X X X 1 2
A A              F F F
      (Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)

L4 GRAY M3

1
1 4

102
103
IGNITION

I10
IGNITION SW

ACC

AM1 IG1

ST1

B–R 7 AM2 IG2 6 B–W

ST2

B–W
B–R

5 IG 3 IG

5 IB 3 IC

B–W
B–R

5 IL2
B–W

8 2G

A
B–W A J11
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
15A
AM2 A
B–W
CONNECTOR

3 2B D
JUNCTION

D B–W
J11

D
B

B–W

B–W

B–W

I2 I3
IGNITION COIL AND IGNITION COIL AND
2 1 IGNITER NO. 1 1 IGNITER NO. 2
E1 N1
NOISE FILTER
(IGNITION)
1

4 2 3 3 2 4
BR
L

L–Y
Y–G

R–L
L–Y
BR

BR
CONNECTOR

E
JUNCTION

E L–Y
J11

E
FL MAIN
2. 0L
Y–G

R–L
L–Y

E4
ENGINE CONTROL
20 16 MODULE 19
IGT1 IGF IGT2
BR

BATTERY

BR BR

EC

66
SERVICE HINTS
I10 IGNITION SW
7–6 : Closed with the ignition SW at ON or ST position

: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
E4 36 I3 35 J11 37
I2 35 I10 37 N1 37

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IB 22 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
IC 22 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
IG 23 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2B
27 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2G

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IL2 44 Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EC 40 Cylinder Head

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
E1 40 Engine Room Main Wire

E4 DARK GRAY I2 GRAY I3 BLACK I10

 X X      X     1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
 X 16  X 19 20       X   
X 6 7 

J11 N1 GRAY

A A A       
1 2
D D D       E E E

(Hint : See Page 7)

67
KEY REMINDER AND SEAT BELT WARNING
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)

10A 15A
GAUGE DOME

11 2I

L–Y
4 1A
C13 C , C14 D
SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]

7 2
10 1E
C D

R–L

L–Y
18 3B 11 3B
R–L

5 3C 22 3C

R–L

L–Y
9 2 A 9 A 3 A

I11 A
INTEGRATION RELAY

4 A 7 8 5 A
L–B

7 IE 7 ID
6 1E

7 IG2

7 1E
R–W
W–B

R
L–B

2 S7
SEAT BELT
RETRACTOR SW
U1
UNLOCK
WARNING SW 1

1
W–B
W–B

2 3D
1 A
J19
D6 JUNCTION
DOOR COURTESY CONNECTOR
SW FRONT LH A
13 3C
W–B

J8
JUNCTION
W–B

A CONNECTOR
2 13
W–B W–B A A W–B
1C 1E

ID IE BI

176
SYSTEM OUTLINE
The current is applied at all times to TERMINAL (A) 3 of the integration relay through the DOME fuse.
1. SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM
When the ignition SW is turned on and the driver’s seat belt is not used, the current flows from the GAUGE fuse to the
integration relay at the same time, the current flows to TERMINAL 9 of the relay from the GAUGE fuse through TERMINAL (A)
9 of the integration relay to TERMINAL (D) 2 of the seat belt warning light. This current activates the integration relay and, at
intervals of approx. 0.6 seconds, current flowing through the warning light flows from TERMINAL (A) 2 of the relay to
TERMINAL 7 to GROUND, causing the warning light to blink. At the same time as the warning light blinks, a seat belt retractor
SW off signal is input to TERMINAL (A) 5 of the relay, the current flowing to TERMINAL (A) 3 of the relay flows from
TERMINAL 7 to GROUND and the seat belt warning buzzer gose on for approx. 6 seconds. However, if the seat belt is put on
during this period (while the buzzer is sounding and warning light blinking), signal input to TERMINAL (A) 5 of the relay stops,
and the current flow from TERMINAL (A) 3 of the relay to TERMINAL 7 to GROUND is cut, stopping the buzzer and warning
light blinking.
2. KEY REMINDER SYSTEM
With the ignition key inserted in the key cylinder (Unlock warning SW on), the ignition SW still off and the driver’s door open
(Door courtesy SW on), when a signal is input to TERMINALS (A) 4 and 8 of the relay, the integration relay operates, the
current flows from TERMINAL (A) 3 of the relay to TERMINAL 7 to GROUND and the key reminder buzzer gose on.

SERVICE HINTS
U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW
1–2 : Closed with the ignition key in cylinder
S7 SEAT BELT RETRACTOR SW
1–2 : Open with the driver’s seat belt in use
I11 (A) INTEGRATION RELAY
9–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
7–GROUND : Always continuity
(A) 5–GROUND : Continuity with the driver’s seat belt not use
(A) 4–GROUND : Continuity with the ignition key in cylinder
(A) 3–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts
8–GROUND : Continuity with the front LH door open

: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
C13 C 36 I11 A 37 S7 39
C14 D 36 J8 37 U1 37
D6 38 J19 38

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
ID 22 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
IE 23 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1A 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1C 25 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1E 24 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
2I 27 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
3B
3C 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Behind
( the Combination Meter))
3D

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IG2 42 Floor Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)

177
KEY REMINDER AND SEAT BELT WARNING
: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location


ID 42 Left Kick Panel
IE 42 Instrument Panel Brace LH
BI 46 Under the Left Quarter Pillar

C13 (C) BLUE (USA, Puerto Rico) C14 (D) GRAY (Canada) C14 (D) GRAY

    X  7 X      X 2  X X  X    X 2  X   X   

D6 I11 (A) J8 J19 BLUE S7

A A A A A
1 A A A A A A AA A
 2 3 4 5  X X 9    A A A A 1 2

(Hint : See Page 7)


(Hint : See Page 7)

U1

1 2
 

178
179
LIGHT REMINDER BUZZER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)

10A 15A 15A 15A


GAUGE CIG TAIL DOME

11 2I

L–Y
4 1A

10 1E

L–Y
11 3B

22 3C

L–Y
9 1 11 3 A

I11 A
INTEGRATION RELAY

7 8

7 IE 7 ID
R–W
W–B

D6
DOOR COURTESY
SW FRONT LH

A
2 13 J8
W–B W–B A
1C 1E JUNCTION
CONNECTOR

ID IE

174
SYSTEM OUTLINE
The current is applied at all times to TERMINAL (A) 3 of the integration relay through the DOME fuse.
With the ignition SW in ACC position, the current flows to TERMINAL 1 of the integration relay through the CIG fuse. When
the ignition SW is turned to ON position, the current flows to TERMINAL 9 of the integration relay through the GAUGE fuse.
When the light control SW is turned to TAIL or HEAD position, current is applied to TERMINAL 11 of the integration relay
through the TAIL fuse.
LIGHT REMINDER SYSTEM
When the light control SW is in TAIL or HEAD position, the ignition SW turned to OFF from ON position, and the driver’s door
opened (Door courtesy SW on), the current flows to TERMINAL 1 and 9 of the integration relay stops. As a result, the relay is
activated and current flows from TERMINAL (A) 3 of the relay to TERMINAL 7 to GROUND, sounding the light reminder
buzzer.

SERVICE HINTS
I11 (A) INTEGRATION RELAY
9–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
1–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ACC or ON position
11–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position
7–GROUND : Always continuity
8–GROUND : Continuity with the driver’s door open
(A) 3–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts

: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
D6 38 I11 A 37 J8 37

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
ID 22 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
IE 23 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1A 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1C 25 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1E 24 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
2I 27 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
3B
28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Behind the Combination Meter)
3C

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location


ID 42 Left Kick Panel
IE 42 Instrument Panel Brace LH

D6 I11 (A) J8

1 A A
  3    X X     A A A A

(Hint : See Page 7)

175
MOON ROOF

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)

* 1 : W/ POWER WINDOW
* 2 : W/O POWER WINDOW
10A 30A
GAUGE POWER

2 ID 3 ID
W–R
R–L

B
B1

B
M2
6 12 MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY
1 1 IG +B

1 5

P/W
RELAY 5 1G

2 3

1 1 5 1C

B
W–B

(* 2)
(* 1)

(* 1)
B

D E
A B

J4 A , J5 B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR

MTR+ MTR– LS. 1 LS. 2 GND OPEN CLOSE DOWN UP


4 5 8 9 11 1 2 7 3
G–W

R–W
W–B

G–Y

R–Y
R–L
G
R

P
MOON ROOF MOTOR

1 2 5 6 3 6 2 5
W–B

CLOSE
AND LIMIT SW

DOWN
OPEN

M
UP
LS1

LS2

3 1B
M4

4 M3
MOON ROOF CONTROL
SW
3 4

2 1C 2 1G
W–B

W–B

W–B W–B W–B W–B


B1 B1 B1
W–B

ID

142
SYSTEM OUTLINE
The current always flows to TERMINAL 5 of the P/W relay through the POWER fuse, with the ignition SW turned on, the
current flows through the GAUGE fuse to TERMINAL 1 of the P/W relay. This activates the relay and the current flowing to
TERMINAL 5 of the P/W relay flows to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINALS 6 and 12 of the moon roof control relay.
1. SLIDE OPEN OPERATION
With the ignition SW turned on, and the moon roof closed completely, when the moon roof control SW is pushed to OPEN
position, a signal is input from TERMINAL 3 of the moon roof control SW to TERMINAL 1 of the moon roof control relay. The
moon roof limit SW LS1 is on and the moon roof limit SW LS2 is off at this time.
When this occurs, the relay is activated and the current to TERMINAL 12 of the moon roof control relay flows from TERMINAL
5 to TERMINAL 2 of the moon roof motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 4 of the moon roof control relay to TERMINAL 11 to
GROUND and rotates the motor to open the moon roof while the SW is being pushed to OPEN position. The moon roof limit
SW LS1 and LS2 are both on.
2. SLIDE CLOSE OPERATION
With the ignition SW turned on, and the moon roof opend completely, and the moon roof limit SW LS1 and LS2 both on, when
the moon roof control SW is pushed to CLOSE position, a signal is input from TERMINAL 6 of the moon roof control SW to
TERMINAL 2 of the moon roof control relay.
When this occurs, the relay is activated and the current to TERMINAL 12 of the moon roof control relay flows from TERMINAL
4 of the relay to TERMINAL 1 of the moon roof motor to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 5 of the moon roof control relay to
TERMINAL 11 to GROUND and rotates the motor to close the moon roof while the SW is being pushed to CLOSE position.
The moon roof limit SW LS1 turns off (Limit SW LS2 is on), a signal is input from TERMINAL 5 of the moon roof limit SW LS1
to TERMINAL 8 of the moon roof control relay. This signal activates the relay and stops continuous from TERMINAL 12 of the
moon roof control relay to TERMINAL 11. As a result, the moon roof stops at this position. To close the moon roof completely,
pushing the moon roof control SW again to the CLOSE position causes a signal to be input again to TERMINAL 2 of the moon
roof control relay. This activates the relay and the moon roof will close as long as the moon roof control SW is being pushed,
allowing the moon roof to fully close.
3. TILT UP OPERATION
When the moon roof control SW is pushed to TILT UP position, with the ignition SW turned on and the moon roof completely
closed (Moon roof limit SW LS2 is off), a signal is input from TERMINAL 5 of the moon roof control SW to TERMINAL 3 of the
moon roof control relay. As a result, the relay is activated and the current to TERMINAL 12 of the moon roof control relay flows
from TERMINAL 4 of the relay to TERMINAL 1 of the moon roof motor to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 5 of the moon roof
control relay to TERMINAL 11 to GROUND and rotates the motor so that tilt up operation occurs as long as the moon roof
control SW is pushed on the TILT UP position.
4. TILT DOWN OPERATION
When the moon roof control SW is pushed to TILT DOWN position, with the ignition SW turned on and the moon roof tilted up
(Moon roof limit SW LS1 and LS2 are both off), a signal is input from TERMINAL 2 of the moon roof control SW to TERMINAL
7 of the moon roof control relay.
As a result, the relay is activated and the current to TERMINAL 12 of the moon roof control relay flows from TERMINAL 5 of
the relay to TERMINAL 2 of the moon roof motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 4 of the moon roof control relay to
TERMINAL 11 to GROUND and rotates the motor so that tilt down operation occurs as long as the moon roof control SW is
pushed on the TILT DOWN position. (During tilt down, moon roof limit SW LS1 is changed from off to on.)

SERVICE HINTS
M2 MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY
11–GROUND : Always continuity
6, 12–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
4–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on and the moon roof control SW at CLOSE or UP position
5–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on and the moon roof control SW at OPEN or DOWN position
M3 MOON ROOF CONTROL SW
5–4 : Close with the moon roof control SW at TILT UP position
6–4 : Close with the moon roof control SW at CLOSE position
2–4 : Close with the moon roof control SW at TILT DOWN position
3–4 : Close with the moon roof control SW at OPEN position
4–GROUND : Always continuity

143
MOON ROOF
: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
J4 A 37 M2 39 M4 39
J5 B 37 M3 39

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)


1 20 Driver Side R/B (Left Kick Panel)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
ID 22 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1B
25 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1C
1G 24 Roof Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location


ID 42 Left Kick Panel

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
B1 46 Roof Wire

J4 (A) BLACK J5 (B) BLACK M2 M3 M4

1 2 3 4 5 23
456 1 2
6 7 8 9 X1112
            3 4
D D D       E E E 5 6

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

144
145
POWER SOURCE

W W

1 2 1 2
W 1 2 W 1 2 W
2A 2H IB IG

SHORT PIN
50A AM1

DIMMER RELAY
1 B
TO ABS ACTUATOR AND ECU 5
3 B–R
HEAD RELAY 5
3
W

1 2 R 4 2 W–R
2G 5 5
R

4 3
R 1 2 R–W
5 5
4 3
40A MAIN 7. 5A DRL
1 2
50A ABS
FUSIBLE LINK

5A ALT–S
BLOCK
F4

10A HORN
100A ALT

15A AM2 8 5 5
B–R B–R
1 2 2G IB IG

10A HAZARD
W
B

15A DOME

3 15A EFI OR F–HTR


B B
E1 2B
L

W W

1 G1
B GENERATOR
FL MAIN
2. 0L
B–G
W

W–B
6

50A HTR
4
W 1 2 1 2
6 6

5 3
W–B

BATTERY
B

HTR RELAY

L–R 2 1
6 6

EA
7. 5A A. C

58
1 2 5 3
* 1 : TMMC MADE
* 2 : NUMMI MADE
10A DEF I–UP/M–HTR
40A DEF 1 2

4
W W DEF RELAY
IB
30A D/L

W TAIL RELAY
5 3

15A TAIL

10A HEAD (RH–LWR) 1 2

B 1 2 R–G
5 5 1 2

30A POWER
B 1 2 R–G 15A STOP
5 5

10A HEAD (LH–LWR) 7. 5A ECU–B


B–R

7. 5A OBD
15A CIG

10A GAUGE
10A HEAD (LH) OR 6 IG
4 HEAD (LH–UPR)
2G
7. 5A TURN
ACC 3 L–R

10A HEAD (RH) OR 1 20A WIP


W 2 AM1 IG1 4 B–Y
HEAD (RH–UPR) IG
ST1
10A ECU–IG 6
IA

3 7. 5A IGN
B–R B–R 7 AM2 IG2 6 B–W
IG
ST2 8

4 5A ST
R
I10 IG
IGNITION SW
2 1

30A RDI

30A CDS
4
2 1
W 1 2 L 1 2 L–R
2B 2H 5 5

6 4 J1
5 3 W–B A
2I 2F JUNCTION
(*2) CONNECTOR
ENGINE MAIN A
RELAY

B–Y B–Y
W–B

W–B
(*1)

(*2)

EB

59
POWER SOURCE
SERVICE HINTS
HEAD RELAY
1–2 : Closed with the light control SW at HEAD position or the dimmer SW at FLASH position
: Closed with the engine running and the parking brake lever is released (Paking brake SW off)
TAIL RELAY
5–3 : Closed with the light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position
I10 IGNITION SW
2–3 : Closed with the ignition SW at ACC or ON position
2–4 : Closed with the ignition SW at ON or ST position
7–6 : Closed with the ignition SW at ON or ST position
7–8 : Closed with the ignition SW at ST position

: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
F4 34 I10 37
G1 34 J1 37

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)


5 20 Engine Room R/B No.5 (Engine Compartment Left)
6 21 Engine Room R/B No.6 (Radiator Support RH)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA
22 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
IB
IG 23 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2A
2B
2F
27 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2G
2H
2I

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EA 40 Front Side of the Right Fender
EB 40 Front Side of the Left Fender

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
E1 40 Engine Room Main Wire

F4 G1 I10 J1

(See Page 26) 1 A A A A A


A A A A A A A

X 2 3 4
(Hint : See Page 7)
X 6 7 8

60
61
POWER WINDOW
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
J16
JUNCTION
1 CONNECTOR
B B B B

10A 30A
GAUGE POWER B

B
P7
POWER WINDOW MASTER SW 11 10
2
BW FRONT LH BW
2 ID 3 ID

DOWN
W–R
R–L

B
W–R

1 1 5 ID1
IC
1 5
B

P/W
RELAY

2 3

1 1

B
W–B

B
E E DU DD
B

3 4 1 5

D A D A D A
W–B

W–B

G
Y
J4 A , J5 B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR

E B E B

B B B
B

B B
W–B

B B

3 1B
W–B

CONNECTOR

A
JUNCTION

2 1C W–B A
J16

A
W–B

G
Y
W–B

1 2
M

P8
6 ID1 POWER WINDOW
MOTOR FRONT LH

W–B
W–B

ID

122
P7
POWER WINDOW MASTER SW

FRONT RH REAR LH REAR RH

WINDOW LOCK SW

LOCK

NORMAL

PU PD RLU RLD RRU RRD


14 6 9 12 8 13
L–W

R–G
G–R

R–B

L–R
L–B

6 ID2 3 ID2 5 ID2 2 ID2 4 ID2 1 ID2

B B

B
G–R

L–W

R–G

R–B

L–R
L–B

B
B

10 IM2 12 IM2 8 IM2 4 BA1 8 BA1 3 BA1 4 BB1 8 BB1 3 BB1


L–W

R–G
G–R

R–B

L–R
L–B
B

B
POWER WINDOW CONTROL

POWER WINDOW CONTROL

POWER WINDOW CONTROL

5 2 5 2 5 2
SU SD SU SD SU SD
4 B 4 B 4 B
SW FRONT RH
DOWN

DOWN

DOWN

SW REAR RH
SW REAR LH
UP

UP

UP

U D U D U D
3 1 3 1 3 1
P4

P5

P6
G

G
Y

2 1 1 2 2 1
M M M

P9 P10 P11
POWER WINDOW MOTOR POWER WINDOW MOTOR POWER WINDOW MOTOR
FRONT RH REAR LH REAR RH

123
POWER WINDOW
SYSTEM OUTLINE
When the ignition SW is turned on, the current flows through the GAUGE fuse to TERMINAL 1 of the P/W relay to TERMINAL
2 to GROUND. This activates the relay and the current flows through the POWER fuse to TERMINAL 5 of the relay to
TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL BW of the power window master SW, TERMINAL 4 of the power window control SW.
1. MANUAL OPERATION (DRIVER’S WINDOW)
With the ignition SW turned on and with the power window master SW (Front LH) in UP position, the current flowing to
TERMINAL BW of the power window master SW flows to TERMINAL DU of the master SW to TERMINAL 1 of the power
window motor to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL DD of the master SW to TERMINAL E to GROUND and rotates the power
window motor in the up direction. The window ascends only while the SW is being pushed. In down operation, the flows of
current from to TERMINAL BW of the power window master SW to TERMINAL DD of the master SW causes the flows of
current from TERMINAL 2 of the motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL DU of the master SW to TERMINAL E to GROUND,
flowing in the opposite direction to manual up operation and rotating the motor in reverse, thus opening the window.
2. AUTO DOWN OPERATION (DRIVER’S WINDOW)
When the front LH window control SW in the power window master SW is pushed strongly on the down side, current flows
from TERMINAL BW of the master SW to TERMINAL DD to TERMINAL 2 of the power window motor to TERMINAL 1 to
TERMINAL DU of the master SW to TERMINAL E to GROUND. Because the hold circuit inside the master SW keeps the
relay on the down side activated, the power window motor continues operating even if the power window master SW is
released. When the driver’s window is fully opened, the hold circuit turns off and the relay on the down side turns off, and auto
down operation is completed.
3. STOPPING OF AUTO DOWN OPERATION (DRIVER’S WINDOW)
When the master SW (Front LH) is pulled to the up side during auto down operation, a ground circuit opens in the master SW
and current does not flow from TERMINAL DU of the master SW to TERMINAL E, so the motor stops, causing auto down
operation to stop. If the master SW is pulled continuously, the motor rotates in the up direction in manual up operation.
4. MANUAL OPERATION (FRONT RH, REAR RH WINDOW)
With the power window control SW (Front RH, rear RH) pulled to the up side, current flowing from TERMINAL 4 of the power
window control SW flows to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 2 of the power window motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 1 of the
power window control SW to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINALS PD, RRD of the master SW to TERMINAL E to GROUND and
rotates the power window motor (Front RH, rear RH) in the up direction. Up operation continues only while the power window
control SW is pulled to the up side. When the window descends, the current flowing to the motor flows in the opposite
direction, from TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 2, and the motor rotates in reverse. When the window lock SW is pushed to the
lock side, the ground circuit to the passenger’s window becomes open. As a result, even if Open/Close operation of the
passenger’s window is attempted, the current from TERMINAL E of the power window master SW is not grounded and the
motor does not rotate, so the passenger’s window can not be operated and window lock occurs.
5. MANUAL OPERATION (REAR LH WINDOW)
With the power window control SW (Rear LH) pulled to the up side, current flowing from TERMINAL 4 of the power window
control SW flows to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 1 of the power window motor to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 1 of the power
window control SW to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL RLD of the master SW to TERMINAL E to GROUND and rotates the power
window motor (Rear LH) in the up direction. Up operation continues only while the power window control SW is pulled to the up
side. When the window descends, the current flowing to the motor flows in the opposite direction, from TERMINAL 2 to
TERMINAL 1, and the motor rotates in reverse. When the window lock SW is pushed to the lock side, the ground circuit to the
passenger’s window becomes open. As a result, even if Open/Close operation of the passenger’s window is attempted, the
current from TERMINAL E of the power window master SW is not grounded and the motor does not rotate, so the passenger’s
window can not be operated and window lock occurs.

SERVICE HINTS
P7 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
BW–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
DU–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on and master SW (Front LH window) at UP posotion
DD–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on and master SW (Front LH window)
at DOWN or AUTO DOWN position
E–GROUND : Always continuity
WINDOW LOCK SW
Open with window lock SW at LOCK position

124
: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
J4 A 37 P5 39 P9 39
J5 B 37 P6 39 P10 39
J16 38 P7 39 P11 39
P4 39 P8 39

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)


1 20 Driver Side R/B (Left Kick Panel)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
ID 22 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1B
25 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1C

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
ID1
42 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)
ID2
IM2 44 Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)
BA1 46 Rear Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Under the Left Center Pillar)
BB1 46 Rear Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Under the Right Center Pillar)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location


ID 42 Left Kick Panel

J4 (A) BLACK J5 (B) BLACK J16 P4, P5, P6

A A A B B
A A A B B B B
            1 2 3 4 5
D D D       E E E (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

P7 P8, P9, P10, P11 BLUE

1  3 4 5 6
 8 9 1011121314
1 2

125
126
RADIO AND PLAYER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)

15A 15A
CIG DOME

1
I11 A
11 2I
INTEGRATION
RELAY

L–Y
1 A

4 1A
GR

10 1E

L–Y
19 3C 11 3B

13 3A 1 3A
L–Y
GR

3 B 4 B
ACC +B

R2 A , R3 B
RADIO AND PLAYER

FL+ FL– FR+ FR– RL+ RL– RR+ RR– GND


2 B 6 B 1 B 5 B 2 A 6 A 1 A 3 A 7 B
LG

13 IK2 8 IK2
BR
W
R
P

Y
LG

7 IF1 9 IF1 7 IM1 9 IM1 10 IG2 9 IG2 4 IG2 3 IG2


LG

W
R
P

Y
L

1 2 1 2 2 1 2 1

F5 F6 R9 R10
FRONT DOOR FRONT DOOR REAR SPEAKER LH REAR SPEAKER RH
SPEAKER LH SPEAKER RH
BR

IG

182
SERVICE HINTS
R3 (B) RADIO AND PLAYER
(B) 4–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts
(B) 3–GROUND : Approx. 12 votls with the ignition SW at ACC or ON position
(B) 7–GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
F5 38 R2 A 37 R10 39
F6 38 R3 B 37
I11 A 37 R9 39

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1A 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1E 24 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
2I 27 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
3A
3B 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Behind
( the Combination Meter))
3C

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IF1 42 Front Door LH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IG2 42 Floor Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IK2 44 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
IM1 44 Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location


IG 42 Instrument Panel Brace RH

F5, F6 I11 (A) R2 (A) R3 (B) R9, R10

1 2 1 2 3 4
1 2 1      X X     3 X  6 5 6 7 X X  2 1

183
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
* 1 : TMMC MADE
* 2 : NUMMI MADE

7. 5A 10A
TURN HAZARD

4 IJ 3 2I
9
W W
G–O
IH1
C15
H5 TURN SIGNAL SW
HAZARD SW 7 6 [COMB. SW]

OFF LH
HAZARD TURN
ON RH

5 4 1 2 1 2 3
G–R

G–W
G–B

G–Y

G–B

G–Y
G–W

G–W

1 1D 4 1B
G–R

2 IK2
5 1B
G–B

G–Y

G–B

G–Y
G–W
G–R

8 1D 3 1D 12 1B 10 1B

1 1
9 1D 2 1D 6 1A 1 1A 1 1F 5 1F

2 1

FLASHER
RELAY
G–B

G–Y

G–B

G–Y

G–B

G–Y

3
REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH
REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH

1
[REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]
[REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]
FRONT TURN SIGNAL

FRONT TURN SIGNAL

2 13 4 4
3 3
W–B

LH RH
LIGHT RH
LIGHT LH

2 2
3 1B 3 3
F1

F2

13 12 C13
W–B(* 2)

W–B TURN SIGNAL


R7

R8
W–B

W–B
(*1)

(*1)

1E INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
W–B
(*2)

2 1C W–B
I1
W–B

W–B

W–B

(*1)
CONNECTOR

A
JUNCTION

W–B A
(*2)
J1

A
W–B

W–B

W–B
(* 1)

(* 2)

A
W–B A J8 W–B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR

ID IE EB BJ

96
SERVICE HINTS
FLASHER RELAY
2–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on or the hazard SW on
1–GROUND : Changes from 12 to 0 volts with the ignition SW on and the turn signal SW at LH or RH position,
or with the hazard SW on
3–GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
C13 36 F2 34 J8 37
C15 36 H5 36 R7 39
F1 34 J1 37 R8 39

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)


1 20 Driver Side R/B (Left Kick Panel)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IJ 22 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1A 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1B
25 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1C
1D
24 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1E
1F 24 Floor Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
2I 27 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IH1 42 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Lower Finish Panel)
IK2 44 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EB 40 Front Side of the Left Fender
ID 42 Left Kick Panel
IE 42 Instrument Panel Brace LH
BJ 46 Lower Back Panel Center

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
I1 44 Engine Room Main Wire

97
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT
C13 BLUE C15 F1, F2

 2   X   X    12 13  2 3
1 2 3 X X X  
X X X X   X  X

H5 BLACK J1 J8 R7, R8

A A A A A
1 2 X 4 A A A A A A A A A
A A A A  
5 6 7   X
3 4
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)

98
99
REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)

15A
CIG

1
I11 A
INTEGRATION
RELAY
1 A

GR

19 3C

6 3D
GR

R5
REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW 9
B

OPERATION SW
RIGHT/
DOWN
DOWN
RIGHT

LEFT/
LEFT

UP

UP

SELECT SW
LH RH LH RH

MLH MRH MLV MRV M+ E


5 8 1 7 6 10
BR–R
R–G
LG
R
L

CONNECTOR

A
JUNCTION

A
J7

A
BR–R

16 IK1 1 IK1 15 IK1


BR–R

BR–R

W–B
R–G
LG

R
L

8 IF1 3 IF1 8 IM1 3 IM1 6 IM1 6 IF1


BR–R

BR–R
R–G
LG

R
L

9 3B
1 3 1 3
LEFT/RIGHT

LEFT/RIGHT
UP/DOWN

UP/DOWN

13 3C
M M M M
W–B
CONNECTOR
JUNCTION

A
13 2
A W–B W–B
1E 1C
R13 R14
J8

2 2
REMOTE CONTROL REMOTE CONTROL BR–R
MIRROR LH MIRROR RH
IE ID
BR–R

120
SERVICE HINTS
R5 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW
9–6 : Continuity with the operation SW at DOWN or RIGHT position
6–10 : Continuity with the operation SW at UP or LEFT position
9–GROUND : Approx. 12 votls with the ignition SW at ACC or ON position
10–GROUND : Always continuity

: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
I11 A 37 J8 37 R13 39
J7 37 R5 37 R14 39

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1C 25 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1E 24 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
3B
3C 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Behind
( the Combination Meter))
3D

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IF1 42 Front Door LH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IK1 44 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
IM1 44 Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location


ID 42 Left Kick Panel
IE 42 Instrument Panel Brace LH

I11 (A) J7 BLACK J8 R5

A A A  
       A A 1 X X X
1      X X     A A A A 5 6 7 8 9 10
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)

R13, R14

3 2 1

121
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONING
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)

1
100A ALT

F4 10A
FUSIBLE ECU–IG
LINK BLOCK

2
6 IA

B–Y
W

W W
W

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y
L W
B–Y

2 2B 6 2I 1 2H 5 5 5

2 1
1 5 4 1 1 3

4 ENGINE 30A FAN 30A A. C FAN 4


MAIN RDI NO. 1 CDS NO. 2
RELAY RELAY RELAY

2 3 1 3 2 2 2 5

10 2E 4 2F 1 2G 7 2G 2 2F 5 5 5 5

L–B L–B
W–B

W–B(*2)

W–R
W–B

W–B
B–R

L–R

L–B
(* 1)

W
2 2
FAN MOTOR

A1
RADIATOR

M M A/C CONDENSER
FAN MOTOR
R1

1 1
W

W–R

L–B
W–B

W–B
(* 1)

(* 2)

W W
W–B(* 2)

W–B W–B W–B


I1
(* 1) (*1) (* 1)
W–B

W–B

W–B
(*1)

(*2)

A
W–B A A W–B W–B
(* 2) (*2) (* 2)
J1
A JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B
(* 2)

W–B W–B

W–B W–B
(* 1)

EB

190
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)
* 1 : TMMC MADE
* 2 : NUMMI MADE
B

10A
GAUGE

9
I11 A
INTEGRATION
RELAY
9 A

L–B

R–L
W–R B–W B–W

5 5 5 3C B

W
14 3C

3 1 6
R–L

A. C FAN 1
NO. 3
RELAY
7 IH1
50A
5 2 HTR
R–L

L–B
B

B
2
6
5 5
5 1

HTR 4
RELAY
W–B

W–B

3 2
(* 1)

(* 2)
W

6 6 6

B
L–O

W–R L–O

L–B L–B

W
W–B

W–B
(*1)

W–B
(*2)

W–B W–B W–B


W–B

W–B W–B

EA

191
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONING

B B L–R

6 L–B

7. 5A
A. C

L–R

L–R
L–B L–B

B–W B–W B–W

W–B
B A12 8 IH1
A/C SW

A/C+ 6 L–R
B

A/C

12 IB2
DEF 12
A/C 5 Y Y Y
IK1
B

1
B3
M BLOWER 13
MOTOR 4 G–W G–W G–W
IK1
2 LA/C
B–W

B4
BLOWER RESISTOR

B–W 4 HI LO 1 W–B
I 7 : *3
I 6 : *4 ME2 ME1
B–W

2 3

B–W
L–B

10
L–O
W–B

W–B

IH1
12 IK2 11 IK2 6 IK2
B–W

L–B

B5
5 8 4 BLOWER SW
L–O

3 W–B

1 W–B W–B

HI M2 M1 LO OFF

W–B W–B

192
L–R
* 3 : PUERTO RICO
L–R L–R L–R * 4 : USA, CANADA

L–B 5 5

L–R
L–B

3 1 5 1
A/C TRIPLE PRESSURE SW

LG–B
B–W

B–W

A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH


(A/C DUAL AND SINGLE

A. C MG
RELAY

AND LOCK SENSOR


SINGLE

4 1
DUAL
9 2C
PRESSURE SW)

3 2

5 5 5 2I
A3

A2
2 4 3 2

LG–B
W–B

W–L
Y–B

L–B
LG

B–W B–W B–W


14 IL1 19 IL1
W–B W–B

LG–B
W–L
LG

CONNECTOR
13 IB2 D

JUNCTION
D LG–B
Y–B

L–B

J13
D
Y

A/C EVAPORATOR
14 IB2 8 IB2 3

TEMP. SENSOR
LG

LG–B

A11
Y–B

L–B

4
G–W G–W
W–L

B–L
Y

16 IL1 9 7 2 11 10 12 8
LED A/C PRS MGC LOCK SG TE
LG

GND AC1 ACT IGN


A10 5 1 6 4
A/C AMPLIFIER
1
Y–R

R–L

W3
WATER TEMP. SW
(RADIATOR FAN)
18 IL1 17 IL1 8 IL1
W–B

J10
JUNCTION
B

CONNECTOR
B
Y–R

R–L

A
B

W–B W–B A

10 21 8
JUNCTION CONNECTOR

W–B
ACT

TACH
AC1

W–B A
CONNECTOR

E6
A ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
JUNCTION

13 2
A W–B W–B W–B A
J14

1E 1C
J8

IE ID IH

193
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONING
SYSTEM OUTLINE
1. HEATER BLOWER MOTOR OPERATION
The current is applied at all times through the ALT fuse to the HTR fuse to TERMINAL 1 of the HTR relay.
When the ignition SW is turned on, the current flows through the GAUGE fuse to TERMINAL 5 of the HTR relay to coil to
TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 3 of the blower SW.

∗ Low speed operation


When the blower SW is moved to LO position, the current flows to TERMINAL 3 of the blower SW to TERMINAL 1 to
GROUND, turning the HTR relay on. This causes the current to flow from the HTR fuse to TERMINAL 1 of the HTR relay
to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 1 of the blower motor to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 4 of the blower resistor to TERMINAL
1 to GROUND, rotating the blower motor at low speed.

∗ Medium speed operation (Operation at M1, M2)


When the blower SW is moved to M1 position, the current flows to TERMINAL 3 of the blower SW to TERMINAL 1 to
GROUND, turning the HTR relay on. This causes the current to flow from the HTR fuse to TERMINAL 1 of the HTR relay
to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 1 of the blower motor to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 4 of the blower resistor to TERMINAL
3 to TERMINAL 4 of the blower SW to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND. At this time, the blower resistance of the blower resistor
is less than at low speed, so the blower motor rotates at medium low speed.
When the blower SW is moved to M2 position, the current through the motor flows from TERMINAL 4 of the blower
resistor to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 8 of the blower SW to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND. At this time, resistance of the
blower resistor is less than at M1 position, so the blower motor rotates at medium high speed.

∗ High speed operation


When the blower SW is moved to HI position, the current flows to TERMINAL 3 of the blower SW to TERMINAL 1 to
GROUND, turning the HTR relay on.
This causes the current to flow from the HTR fuse to TERMINAL 1 of the HTR relay to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 1 of
the blower motor to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 5 of the blower SW to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND, rotating the blower
motor at high speed.
2. FAN MOTOR OPERATION
When the ignition SW is turned on, the current from the ECU–IG fuse flows to the FAN NO.1 relay (Coil side) and the A.C FAN
NO.2 relay (Coil side) to TERMINAL 3 of the A/C single pressure SW to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 1 of the water temp. SW
(Radiator fan) to GROUND, and the FAN NO.1 relay is turned off and the A.C FAN NO.2 relay is turned on.
At the same time as this current flow, the current from the ECU–IG fuse flows to the ENGINE MAIN relay (Coil side) to
GROUND, turning the ENGINE MAIN relay on. As a result, current from the ALT fuse flows to the CDS fuse and RDI fuse.
∗ Low speed operation
When the ignition SW is turned on and the A/C is activated, the current flows from the ALT fuse to the HTR fuse to the
HTR relay (Point side) to the A.C fuse to the A.C MG relay (Point side) to the A.C FAN NO.3 relay (Coil side) to GROUND,
turning the A.C FAN NO.3 relay on. As a result, the current from the CDS fuse flows to TERMINAL 2 of the A/C condenser
fan motor to TERMINAL 1 to the A.C FAN NO.2 relay (Point side) to the A.C FAN NO.3 relay (Point side) to TERMINAL 2
of the radiator fan motor to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND. As a result, the fans are activated at low speed.
If the engine coolant temperature is approx. 90°C (194°F) or less, and the refrigerant pressure is approx. 15.5 kgf/cm2
(220 psi, 1520 kpa) or less, both the water temp. SW (Radiator fan) and the A/C single pressure SW are closed, so the
FAN NO.1 relay is turned off and the A.C FAN NO.2 relay is turned on. As a result, each fan motor operates at low speed.
∗ High speed operation
During A/C operation, if the refrigerant pressure becomes higher than ordinary level (Approx. 15.5 kgf/cm2 (220 psi, 1520
kpa)), the A/C single pressure SW is turned off. As a result, the FAN NO.1 relay is turned on and the A.C FAN NO.2 relay
is turned off, and the current flows from the RDI fuse to FAN NO.1 relay (Point side) to TERMINAL 2 of the radiator fan
motor to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND, and the current from the CDS fuse flows to TERMINAL 2 of the A/C condenser fan
motor to TERMINAL 1 to A.C FAN NO.2 relay (Point side) to GROUND, reaching each fan motor in parallel, thus causing
the fan motors to operate at high speed.
Note that, because the current flows in the same manner even if the engine coolant temperature is approx. 90°C (194°F)
or higher, the fan motors still operate at high speed.

194
3. AIR CONDITIONING OPERATION
When the blower SW is set on, the current from the ALT fuse flows to the HTR fuse to the HTR relay (Point side) to the A.C
fuse to TERMINAL 1 of the A/C dual pressure SW to TERMINAL 4 to TERMINAL 2 of the A/C amplifier. The engine RPM
signal from the engine control module, the evaporator temp. signal from the A/C evaporator temp. sensor and the lock signal
from the lock sensor are all supplied to the A/C amplifier.
When the A/C SW is turned on, the A/C SW on signal is sent to the TERMINAL 7 of the A/C amplifier. At the same time, the
current flows from the A.C fuse to TERMINAL 1 of the A.C MG relay to coil to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 11 of the A/C
amplifier to TERMINAL 5 to GROUND, turning the A.C MG relay on.
This causes the current from the A.C fuse to flow to the A/C magnetic clutch, turning the A/C magnetic clutch on.
When any of the following signals are input to the A/C amplifier, the amplifier operates to turn off the air conditioning.
∗ Engine low RPM signal.
∗ A signal that the temperature at evaporator is low.
∗ A signal that the refrigerant pressure is abnormally high or low.
∗ A signal that the A/C compressor is locked.
4. DEF SYNCHRONIZED CONTROL FUNCTION
When the air vent mode control lever is turned to DEF mode, the A/C SW is automatically turned on.

SERVICE HINTS
FAN NO. 1 RELAY
4–3 : Open with the ignition SW on, the A/C single pressure SW on and the water temp. SW (Radiator fan) on
A.C FAN NO. 2 RELAY
3–4 : Closed with the ignition SW off, the A/C single pressure SW off or the water temp. SW (Radiator fan) off
3–5 : Closed with the ignition SW on, the A/C single pressure SW on and the water temp. SW (Radiator fan) on
A.C FAN NO. 3 RELAY
3–5 : Closed with the ignition SW on and the A.C MG relay on
HTR RELAY
1–2 : Closed with the ignition SW on and the blower SW on
A3 A/C TRIPLE PRESSURE SW (A/C DUAL AND SIGNAL PRESSURE SW)
1–4 : Open with the refrigerant pressure at less than approx. 196.1 kpa (2.0 kgf/cm2, 28.4 psi) or more than
approx. 3138.1 kpa (32.0 kgf/cm2, 458 psi)
2–3 : Open with the refrigerant pressure more than 1520 kpa (15.5 kgf/cm2, 220 psi)
W3 WATER TEMP. SW (RADIATOR FAN)
1–GROUND : Open above approx. 90°C (194°F)
Closed below approx. 83°C (181°F)
A10 A/C AMPLIFIER
2–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position, the blower SW at LO, M1, M2 or HI position
and the A/C dual pressure SW on
5–GROUND : Always continuity
7–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position, the blower SW at LO, M1, M2 or HI position
and the A/C SW at ON position or the air vent mode control lever at DEF mode
9–GROUND : Below 4 volts with the ignition SW at ON position, the blower SW at LO, M1, M2 or HI position and
the A/C SW at ON position or the air vent mode control lever at DEF mode

: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A1 34 B4 36 J10 37
A2 34 B5 36 J13 37
A3 34 E6 36 J14 37
A10 36 F4 34 R1 35
A11 36 I11 A 37 W3 35
A12 36 J1 37
B3 36 J8 37

195
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONING
: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)


5 20 Engine Room R/B No.5 (Engine Compartment Left)
6 21 Engine Room R/B No.6 (Radiator Support RH)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA 22 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1C 25 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1E 24 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
2B 27 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2C
27 Engine Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2E
2F
2G
27 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2H
2I
3C 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Behind the Combination Meter)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IB2 42 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side R/B)
IH1 42 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Lower Finish Panel)
IK1
44 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
IK2
IL1 44 Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EA 40 Front Side of the Right Fender
EB 40 Front Side of the Left Fender
ID 42 Left Kick Panel
IE 42 Instrument Panel Brace LH
IH 42 Right Kick Panel

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
I1 44 Engine Room Main Wire I7 44 Cowl Wire
I6 44 Cowl Wire

196
A1 GRAY A2 GRAY A3 BLACK A10 BLACK A11

1 2 X 4 5
6 7 8 9 101112
1 2 1 X X
2 3
3 4 4 3 4
1 2

A12 BLACK B3 BLACK B4 BLACK B5 BLACK E6 DARK GRAY

 X 1
1 X 3      X X 8  10 
2
 4 5 6 1 2
4 5   8    X     X 21 
3 4

F4 I11 (A) J1 J8
(See Page 26)
A A A A A
A A A A A A A A A
      X X 9    A A A A
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)

J10 BLACK J13 J14 R1 GRAY

     A A A A
  B B X X    D D D   A A A A A A A
      1 2

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)


(Hint : See Page 7)

W3 GRAY

197
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)


* 1 : W/ TIMER
* 2 : W/O TIMER
1

40A 10A
DEF GAUGE

5 1

10A
DEF DEF
I–UP/M–HTR RELAY

3 2

9
I11 A

1 IH 11 IE 12 IE 13 IE 1 IE INTEGRATION
RELAY
9 A

R–L

R–L
(* 1)
B

5 3C
B–L
(* 1)
B

15 3C
8 IG2
B–L(* 2)

R–L
(*1)
B–L
(* 1)
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER

3 6 2
INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
B

D IG
DEFOGGER SW (*2)
C13
R11 A , R12 B

12
6
REAR WINDOW

REAR WINDOW

1 A
DEFOGGER

DEFOGGER SW (* 1)
REAR WINDOW
R4

1 B 3
R4
W–B
(* 2)

E
3
W–B
(* 1)

8 3A
W–B
B

13 3C
W–B

J8
JUNCTION
A CONNECTOR 13 2
W–B A A W–B W–B
1E 1C

BK IE ID

180
SERVICE HINTS
DEF RELAY
5–3 : Closed with the ignition SW at ON position and the rear window defogger SW on

: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
C13 36 J8 37 R11 A 39
I11 A 37 R4 37 R12 B 39

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IE
23 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
IH
1C 25 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1E 24 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
3A
28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Behind the Combination Meter)
3C

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IG2 42 Floor Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location


ID 42 Left Kick Panel
IE 42 Instrument Panel Brace LH
BK 46 Under the Right Quarter Pillar

C13 BLUE I11 (A) J8

A A
  3  X   X    12        X X 9    A A A A

(Hint : See Page 7)

(w/ Timer) R4 BLACK (w/o Timer) R4 BLACK R11 (A) BLACK R12 (B) BLACK

1 1
 2  X
3  X 6 3  X 6

181
STOP LIGHT
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)

15A
STOP

7 IC

R–W
2

S6
STOP
LIGHT SW

G–W

8 1B

7 1F
G–W

J18
JUNCTION
B CONNECTOR
B B

B
G–W

G–W

G–W
[REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]
[REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]
HIGH MOUNTED

1 1
2
STOP LIGHT

STOP LIGHT RH
STOP LIGHT LH
H7

1
3 3
R7

R8
W–B

A
J19
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A
W–B

W–B

W–B

BI BJ

108
SERVICE HINTS
S6 STOP LIGHT SW
2–1 : Closed with the brake pedal depressed

: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
H7 38 J19 38 R8 39
J18 38 R7 39 S6 37

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IC 22 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1B 25 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1F 24 Floor Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location


BI 46 Under the Left Quarter Pillar
BJ 46 Lower Back Panel Center

H7 J18 DARK GRAY J19 BLUE R7, R8

A A A A A
1 2    B B   X X X A A A A A A A
   B B B B      1 
3 
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)

(w/ Cruise Control) S6 BLUE (w/o Cruise Control) S6 BLUE

1 2 1 2
  X X

109
SHIFT LOCK
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)

15A 10A 15A


CIG ECU–IG STOP

1
I11 A
9 IE 7 IC
INTEGRATION

R–W
RELAY
1 A
2

S6
STOP
LIGHT SW

G–W
8 1B
B–Y
GR

1 1E

G–W
19 3C 1 3C 2 3C

4 3B 22 3B 21 3B
G–W
B–Y
GR

S3
1 5 2 SHIFT LOCK ECU
ACC IG STP

CONTROL SW
P1

SHIFT LOCK
P

P2

SHIFT LOCK
SOLENOID
SLS+

SLS–
KLS+ E
4 3
W–B
L–R

U1
KEY INTERLOCK
SOLENOID
[UNLOCK WARNING SW]
3 20 3B
10
W–B
3D

13 3C
W–B

A
2 13 J8
W–B W–B A
1C 1E JUNCTION
CONNECTOR

ID IE

170
SYSTEM OUTLINE
When the ignition SW is turned to ACC position the current from the CIG fuse flows to TERMINAL 1 of the integration relay to
TERMINAL (A) 1 to TERMINAL 1 of the shift lock ECU, if it is in ON position, the current from the ECU–IG fuse flows to
TERMINAL 5 of the ECU.
1. SHIFT LOCK MECHANISM
With the ignition SW at ON position, when a signal that the brake pedal is depressed (Stop light SW on) and a signal that the
shift lever is put in ”P” position (Continuity between P1 and P of the shift lock control SW) is input to the ECU, the ECU
operates and the current flows from TERMINAL 5 of the ECU to TERMINAL ”SLS+” of the shift lock solenoid to TERMINAL
”SLS–” to TERMINAL 3 of the ECU to GROUND. This causes the shift lock solenoid to turn on (Plate stopper disengages)
and the shift lever can shift into position other than ”P”.
2. KEY INTERLOCK MECHANISM
With the ignition SW at ON or ACC position, when the shift lever is put in ”P” position (No continuity between P2 and P of the
shift lock control SW), the current flowing from TERMINAL 4 of the ECU to the key interlock solenoid is cut off. This causes the
key interlock solenoid to turn off (Lock lever disengages from LOCK position) and the ignition key can be turned from ACC to
LOCK position.

SERVICE HINTS
S3 SHIFT LOCK ECU
1–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ACC or ON position
5–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
3–GROUND : Always continuity
2–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the brake pedal depressed
S6 STOP LIGHT SW
2–1 : Closed with the brake pedal depressed

: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
I11 A 37 S3 37 U1 37
J8 37 S6 37

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IC 22 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
IE 23 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1B
25 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1C
1E 24 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
3B
3C 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Behind
( the Combination Meter))
3D

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location


ID 42 Left Kick Panel
IE 42 Instrument Panel Brace LH

171
SHIFT LOCK
I11 (A) J8 S3 (w/ Cruise Control) S6 BLUE

A A
1      X X     1
A A A A 1 2
2 3 4 5
 
(Hint : See Page 7)

(w/o Cruise Control) S6 BLUE U1

1 2  
3 4
X X

172
173
SRS
NOTICE: When inspecting or repairing the SRS, perform the operation in accordance with the following precautionary
instructions and the procedure and precautions in the Repair Manual for the applicable model year.

 Malfunction symptoms of the SRS are difficult to confirm, so the DTCs become the most important source of information
when troubleshooting. When troubleshooting the SRS, always inspect the DTCs before disconnecting the battery.

 Work must be started after 90 seconds from when the ignition switch is turned to the ”LOCK” position and the
negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery.
(The SRS is equipped with a back–up power source so that if work is started within 90 seconds from disconnecting
the negative (–) terminal cable of the battery, the SRS may be deployed.)

 When the negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery, the memory of the clock and audio system will be
canceled. So before starting work, make a record of the contents memorized in the audio memory system. When work is
finished, reset the audio systems as they were before and adjust the clock. To avoid erasing the memory in each memory
system, never use a back–up power supply from outside the vehicle.

 Before repairs, remove the airbag sensor if shocks are likely to be applied to the sensor during repairs.

 Do not expose the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, side airbag assembly, seat belt pretensioner,
airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sensor or side airbag sensor assembly directly to hot air or flames.

 Even in cases of a minor collision where the SRS does not deploy, the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly,
side airbag assembly, seat belt pretensioner, airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sensor and side airbag sensor assembly
should be inspected.

 Never use SRS parts from another vehicle. When replacing parts, replace them with new parts.

 Never disassemble and repair the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, side airbag assembly, seat belt
pretensioner or airbag sensor assembly in order to reuse it.

 If the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, side airbag assembly, seat belt pretensioner, airbag sensor
assembly, front airbag sensor or side airbag sensor assembly has been dropped, or if there are cracks, dents or other
defects in the case, bracket or connector, replace them with new ones.

 Use a volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/V minimum) for troubleshooting the system’s electrical circuits.

 Information labels are attached to the periphery of the SRS components. Follow the instructions on the notices.

 After work on the SRS is completed, pertorm the SRS warning light check or SRS side airbag warning light check.

 If the vehicle is equipped with a mobile communication system, refer to the precaution in the IN section of the Repair
Manual.

163
SRS
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)

7. 5A 7. 5A 15A
ECU–B IGN CIG

2 IJ 4 IF 2 IF

R–G

B–O

GR
13 B

C12 B , C14 D
SRS WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]

10 D
B–Y

C
B–Y C J6
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
J6 C
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
A P–B
B–O
B–Y

GR
A

15 B 2 B 3 B 4 B
TC LA IG2 ACC
P–B

10 IK1
SIL D+ D– P+ P– FL+ FL–
18 B 10 B 9 B 7 B 8 B 5 A 6 A
C4 A , C5 B , C6 C
P–B

CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR


ASSEMBLY
C
J13
W

JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
D
C J6
JUNCTION
B–Y

P–B

CONNECTOR
Y–G

Y–G
Y–R

Y–R
Y–B

(* 2)

(* 2)
D
Y

5 IJ1 9 IL1
(* 1)

(* 1) B J6
B–Y

P–B

JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
B
5 11 7
CONNECTOR 3

AB TC SIL
DATA LINK

E1 SG CG 1 2
D2

3 D1 5 4
DATA LINK SPIRAL
W–B

(*1)

CONNECTOR 1
BR

CABLE

1 2 1 2
BR

21 IJ2 2 IJ1
J11
JUNCTION
(* 1)
BR

CONNECTOR
BR B B (* 1) A13
I8 A14 AIRBAG SQUIB S4
AIRBAG SQUIB (FRONT PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG SQUIB LH
(STEERING WHEEL PAD) AIRBAG ASSEMBLY)
BR W–B
BR

EC

164
* 1 : SHIELDED
* 2 : W/ SIDE AIRBAG

P12 P13 A7 A8
PRETENSIONER LH PRETENSIONER RH AIRBAG SENSOR FRONT LH AIRBAG SENSOR FRONT RH

1 2 1 2
+SL –SL +SR –SR
2 1 2 1

BR–W
W–R

B–W
BR
Y–B

Y–B
Y

2 IE1 1 IE1 1 II1 2 II1

BR–W
W–R

B–W
BR

C4 A , C5 B , C6 C
2 A 1 A 5 C 6 C 11 B 12 B 6 B 5 B CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY
PL+ PL– PR+ PR– +SL –SL +SR –SR

FR+ FR– VUPL SSL+ FSL ESL VUPR SSR+ FSR ESR E1 E2
2 C 1 C 7 A 9 A 10 A 12 A 12 C 10 C 9 C 7 C 16 B 17 B

W–B

W–B
GR–L
LG–B
L–W
Y–G
Y–R

P–L

L–Y
(* 2)

(* 2)

(* 2)

(* 2)

(* 2)

(* 2)

(* 2)

(* 2)

(* 2)

(* 2)
GR
LG
P

1 IF

7 IE
JUNCTION CONNECTOR

1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 13 1E
W–B

W–B

W–B

VUPL SSL FSL ESL VUPR SSR FSR ESR

S5 S8 S9 2 1C
SIDE AIRBAG SQUIB RH SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR LH SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR RH
J8

A
W–B W–B A A
W–B

IF IE ID

165
SRS
SYSTEM OUTLINE
The SRS is a driver and front passenger protection device which has a supplemental role to the seat belts.
When the ignition SW is turned to ACC or ON, current from the CIG fuse flows to TERMINAL (B) 4 of the center airbag sensor
assembly. Only when the ignition SW is on does the current flow from the IGN fuse to TERMINAL (B) 3 of the center airbag
sensor assembly.
If an accident occurs while driving, when the frontal impact exceeds a set level, the current from the CIG or IGN fuse flows to
TERMINALS (B) 10, (B) 7, (A) 2 and (C) 5 of the center airbag sensor assembly to TERMINAL 1 of the airbag squibs and the
pretensioners to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINALS (B) 9, (B) 8, (A) 1 and (C) 6 of the center airbag sensor assembly to
TERMINAL (B) 16, (B) 17 or BODY GROUND to GROUND, so that the current flows to the front airbag squibs and the
pretensioners, and causes them to operate.
When the side impact also exceeds a set level, the current from the CIG or IGN fuse flows to TERMINALS (A) 5 and (C) 2 of
the center airbag sensor assembly to TERMINAL 1 of the side airbag squibs to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINALS (A) 6 and (C) 1
of the center airbag sensor assembly to TERMINAL (B) 16, (B) 17 or BODY GROUND to GROUND, causing side airbag
squibs to operate.
The airbag stored inside the steering wheel pad is instantaneously expanded to soften the shock to the driver.
The airbag stored inside the passenger’s instrument panel is instantaneously expanded to soften the shock to the front
passenger.
Side airbags are instantaneously expanded to soften the shock of side to the driver and front passenger.
The pretensioners make sure of the seat belt restrainability.

: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A7 34 C12 B 36 J13 37
A8 34 C14 D 36 P12 39
A13 36 D1 34 P13 39
A14 36 D2 36 S4 37
C4 A 36 J6 37 S5 37
C5 B 36 J8 37 S8 39
C6 C 36 J11 37 S9 39

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IE
23 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
IF
IJ 22 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1C 25 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1E 24 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IE1 42 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)
II1 42 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Lower Finish Panel)
IJ1
44 Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Instrument Panel Brace LH)
IJ2
IK1 44 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
IL1 44 Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EC 40 Cylinder Head
ID 42 Left Kick Panel
IE
42 Instrument Panel Brace LH
IF

166
: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
I8 44 Engine Wire

A7, A8 YELLOW A13 YELLOW A14 YELLOW C4 (A) YELLOW C5 (B) YELLOW

A B A B
1 2 1 2 1 2 X 2 3 4
1 2XX 5 6
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

7 X 9 10 X 12
X X 15 16 17 18 X X

C6 (C) YELLOW (w/ Theft Deterrent System) C12 (B) (w/o Theft Deterrent System) C12 (B)

A B
   X X X X   X X  13 X      X X X X  X X X  13 X  
1 2 XX 5 6

7 X 9 10 X 12

(USA, Puerto Rico) C14 (D) GRAY (Canada) C14 (D) GRAY D1 BLACK

X   X X  X   10 X   X   X   10
X X 3 X 5 X X
X
X  X X 11 X

 X X X  X X X X

D2 J6 BLACK J8

A A A B B
CCCD D DB A A
A A A A

 X X X X X X X (Hint : See Page 7)


(Hint : See Page 7)
X 7 X 5 4 X X X

167
SRS
J11 J13 P12, P13 YELLOW S4, S5 YELLOW

1 2
   B B B B       C C
      C C 1 2
   B B B B B B   

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

S8, S9 YELLOW

1 2
3 4

168
169
STARTING
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)

* 1 : TMMC MADE W/O THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM


* 2 : NUMMI MADE
* 3 : TMMC MADE W/ THEFT DTERRENT SYSTEM
5A
ST

3 IE
B–W

B–W
(M/T)

D A D A

(M/T)
B–W
J 9 A , J10 B
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR

8 IK1 E B E B

B–W

B–W
(A/T)

(A/T)
(M/T)
B–W

5 A (4A/T)
1 2 B (3A/T)
C10 P P1 A , B
CLUTCH PARK/NEUTRAL
START SW POSITION SW
N

2 6 A (4A/T)
3 B (3A/T)
(M/T)
B

(A/T)
B
3 IL2
(M/T)
B

B
(A/T)

3 2D
11
B–W
2E
2 5 1

ST
40A RELAY
MAIN

3 2
B–W

B–W
(A/T)
1

3 2B 5 2D 9 2I
B

P 11 C 1 A
S1 A , S2 B
(*3) STA NSW
STARTER 1 B
(*3)

E1
P

2 IB2
W–B

W–B
(*2)

(*1)
L

M
(*3)

E4 A , E6 C
P

FL MAIN 1 A
2. 0L ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
CONNECTOR

A 5
JUNCTION

B–R SRLY
J1

A
W–B

W–B

T3
(*2)

(*1)

THEFT DETERRENT
BATTERY ECU

EB

62
SERVICE HINTS
S1 (A), S2 (B) STARTER
Points closed with the shift lever at P or N position on and the ignition SW at ST position (A/T)
Points closed with the clutch padel depressed and the ignition SW at ST position (M/T)

: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
C10 36 J9 A 37 S1 A 35
E4 A 36 J10 B 37 S2 B 35
E6 C 36 A 35 T3 37
P1
J1 37 B 35

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IE 23 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2B 27 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2D
27 Engine Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2E
2I 27 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IB2 42 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side R/B)
IK1 44 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
IL2 44 Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EB 40 Front Side of the Left Fender

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
E1 40 Engine Room Main Wire

63
STARTING
C10 E4 (A) DARK GRAY E6 (C) DARK GRAY J1

A A A A A
1 X X      X          X X    11 A A A A A A A
1 2
 X   X            X     X  
(Hint:See Page 7)

J9 (A) BLACK J10 (B) BLACK (4A/T) P1 (A) GRAY (3A/T) P1 (B) GRAY

X X         X X X   
5 6
X  X 
D D D       E E E X 2 3 X
  X  X
(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

S1 (A) S2 (B) BLACK T3

1
1   X X 5 
 X    

64
MEMO

65
P1 A , B

136
PARK/NEUTRAL

ST
POSITION SW J 9 A , J10 B

RELAY
JUNCTION

3
5
CONNECTOR
B–W B–W

E B
D A
3 IE

2
9
(A/T)

2
1
P P B

2I
3 2D

IB2
2 B (3A/T)
5 A (4A/T)
5A
ST
(A/T)

D A

3 B (3A/T)
6 A (4A/T)
B–W
(M/T)

B
3
8

(M/T)
2
1
B B B–W

IL2
IK1
(M/T) (M/T) (M/T)
THEFT DETERRENT

C10
P

CLUTCH

5 A
SRLY
START SW
C12
SECURITY INDICATOR LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
40A

15
9
BR BR L–O L–O
MAIN

6 A
HEAD

IG
10 IK2
IND
RELAY

3
4
2
1

R–W
8 2I

4 IH1

T3 A , T4 B
T1
2
1

THEFT DETERRENT HORN

1
R–W

THEFT DETERRENT ECU

2
1
W–B W–B W–L W–L

2 A

I1

EB
IB2
SH–
R–W
E3

10
ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW

W–B
2
1
W–B R R
R–W

3 B
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)

IB2
DSWH
2
19

H
H–LP

R–W R–W

10 A
1 1B
4 1E

HEAD
J15

2
JUNCTION LOCK L–B

4 ID1
CONNECTOR

A
A
W–B W–B

6 ID1
D3

1
L–R L–R

A
DAYTIME RUNNING

9 B

9 ID1
LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)

UL3

W–B
UNLOCK
D10 J4 A , J5 B
DOOR KEY LOCK AND JUNCTION
UNLOCK SW LH

L–B

W–B
CONNECTOR

ID
100A ALT
2
1
4
1

L–B LG LG W

C B
8 B
11 A
4 IB

6 IC

L2
I5

TAIL

D11
LG
3
5

DOOR KEY LOCK AND

A A
C B
F4

UNLOCK SW RH
L–B

2
L–B L–B
BLOCK

LOCK

7 IM2
TAIL

TO DAYTIME

3
RELAY

RUNNING LIGHT
FUSIBLE LINK

RELAY (MAIN)

1
G–W G–W G–W
10 B

5 IM2
UL2

UNLOCK

W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
D14
DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION

W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
SW FRONT LH

15A

1
4
W–B W W

DOME

14 B

1 ID1
11

LSWD

A
L–Y L–Y
D15

11 B
2I

4 1A

6 1C

+B1

A
A
DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION
SW FRONT RH

A
A
A
4
1
W–B W–B W–B Y Y

15 B

IH
2 IM2
3 IM2
H4

LSWP
J14 J17 HORN
JUNCTION JUNCTION
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR

1
B
D16

T3 A , T4 B
DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION
10A

[COMB. SW]
TO HORN SW
SW REAR LH
HORN

B
HORN
RELAY

4
1
W–B W–B W–B L L

THEFT DETERRENT ECU

ID
3
5

6 BA1
7 BA1

W–B
11

G–R

L
D17
2
1

G–R G–R G–R

W–B
DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION

12 A
1 2F 10 2I

I3
IB2
SW REAR RH

HORN

1
4
W–B W–B W–B L L L

16 B

I2
I4

13 1E
2 1C 13 1B
6 BB1
7 BB1
5

LSWR
W W

9 A
3 2F

SH
IB2

W–B
W–B W–B

E
7 A

A
U1
10A

UNLOCK WARNING SW

A
1
2
W–B W–B L–B L–B
ECU–IG

6 B

IE
7 1E

13 3C
2 3D
10 1C
KSW
J8 B–Y B–Y

13 B
8 ID

IG
JUNCTION D7
CONNECTOR DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT RH

1
R–W
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 58)

R–W
J18
D/L
30A

JUNCTION D5

A B
CONNECTOR DIODE

A
A

1
R–W (DOOR COURTESY) W–L W–L
1 A
1 ID

+B2

1
2
R–W R–W

C A
A B
5 B

A
D8

DSWP

R–W
DOOR COURTESY SW
REAR LH J4 A , J5 B

R–B

11
1F
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR

1
R–W R–B R–B R–B
CIG
15A

1 B

I4

1 1C
CTY
5
1

D9 GR GR GR
12 B
1 A

5 3A
19 3C

IK2

ACC

DOOR COURTESY SW
REAR RH

1
F
F
R–W R–W R–W R–W
2 B

IC1
RELAY
I11 A

DSWL

L4 J18 R–W
4 B

LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT JUNCTION


DSWD
INTEGRATION

LIGHT SW CONNECTOR
R–W

A
A
1
2
1

W–B W–B B B
7 B

BI
5 IC1
LUG

L2
J19 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT D6
JUNCTION KEY UNLOCK SW DOOR COURTESY SW
CONNECTOR FRONT LH

137
THEFT DETERRENT
SERVICE HINTS
D10, D11 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH, RH
1–3 : Closed with the door key cylinder unlocked with the key
2–3 : Closed with the door key cylinder locked with the key
E3 ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW
1–2 : Closed with the engine hood open
U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW
2–1 : Closed with the key in the ignition key cylinder
L2 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY UNLOCK SW
2–1 : Closed with the luggage compartment key cylinder unlock with the key
L4 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW
1–GROUND : Closed with the luggage compartment door open
T3 (A), T4 (B) THEFT DETERRENT ECU
(A) 5–GROUND : Continuity with the shift lever in N or P position and the ignition SW at ST position (A/T)
Continuity with the clutch pedal depressed and the ignition SW at ST position (M/T)
(B) 6–GROUND : Continuity with the key in the ignition key cylinder
(B)14–GROUND : Continuity with the front LH door to UNLOCK position
(B)15–GROUND : Continuity with the front RH door to UNLOCK position
(B) 4–GROUND : Continuity with the front LH door open
(B) 5–GROUND : Continuity with the front RH door open
(B) 8–GROUND : Continuity with the door key lock and unlock SW LH, RH to LOCK position
(A) 7–GROUND : Always continuity
(B) 9–GROUND : Continuity with the door key lock and unlock SW LH to UNLOCK position
(A) 1, (A) 9, (A)11, (B)11–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts
(B) 7–GROUND : Continuity with the luggage compartment key unlock SW to UNLOCK position
(B) 3–GROUND : Continuity with the engine hood open
(B)12–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ACC or ON position
(B)16–GROUND : Continuity with the rear LH or RH door to UNLOCK position
(B) 1–GROUND : Continuity with the front RH, rear LH or RH door open
(B) 2–GROUND : Continuity with the ruggage compartment door open
(B)10–GROUND : Continuity with the door key lock and unlock SW RH to UNLOCK position
(B)13–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position

: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
C10 36 D16 38 J15 38
C12 36 D17 38 J17 38
D3 36 E3 34 J18 38
D5 36 F4 34 J19 38
D6 38 H4 35 L2 39
D7 38 I11 A 37 L4 39
D8 38 J4 A 37 A 35
P1
D9 38 J5 B 37 B 35
D10 38 J8 37 T1 35
D11 38 J9 A 37 T3 A 37
D14 38 J10 B 37 T4 B 37
D15 38 J14 37 U1 37

138
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IB 22 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
IC
22 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
ID
IE 23 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
1A 24 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1B
25 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1C
1E 24 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1F 24 Floor Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
2D 27 Engine Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2F
27 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2I
3A
3C 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Behind
( the Combination Meter))
3D

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IB2 42 Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side R/B)
IC1 42 Floor Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)
ID1 42 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)
IH1 42 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Lower Finish Panel)
IK1
44 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
IK2
IL2 44 Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
IM2 44 Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)
BA1 46 Rear Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Under the Left Center Pillar)
BB1 46 Rear Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Under the Right Center Pillar)

: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EB 40 Front Side of the Left Fender
ID 42 Left Kick Panel
IE 42 Instrument Panel Brace LH
IG 42 Instrument Panel Brace RH
IH 42 Right Kick Panel
BI 46 Under the Left Quarter Pillar

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
I1 44 Engine Room Main Wire I4
44 Cowl Wire
I2 I5
44 Cowl Wire
I3

139
THEFT DETERRENT
C10 C12 D3 D5 BLACK

1 2
   X X X X  9 X X   X 15 
1 2  2     X X X X 
       19     X 

D6, D7, D8, D9 D10, D11 GRAY D14, D15, D16, D17 BLACK E3 BLACK F4 H4 BLACK
(See Page 26) 1
1
1 2 3 1 X X 4 1 2

I11 (A) J4 (A) BLACK J5 (B) BLACK J8

A A
1      X X     A A   C C A A   C C A A A A
           
(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

J9 (A) BLACK J10 (B) BLACK J14 J15 BLACK J17 BLACK

A A A A A A A A
A A A A
X X         X X
A A A A A A A (Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)
D D D       E E E

(Hint : See Page 7)


(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

J18 DARK GRAY J19 BLUE L2 L4 GRAY

A A A A A
A A A     X X X A A A A A A A 12 1
         F F F
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)

140
(4A/T) P1 (A) GRAY (3A/T) P1 (B) GRAY T1 BLACK T3 (A)

X    1 2 1 2 X X 5 6
5 6
X  X  7 X 9 10 11 12
X 2 3 X
  X  X

T4 (B) U1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1 2
12 13 14 15 16 X X X X X X  

141
J GROUND POINT

9
ENGINE HOOD W–B W–B
2I ST RELAY
COURTESY SW (* 1) (*2)
4
THEFT DETERRENT W–B W–B
I1 2F
HORN (* 1)
ENGINE MAIN
RELAY
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL W–B
WARNING SW

W–B
A. C FAN NO. 3 W–B EFI OR F–HTR
5
RELAY 10 2E RELAY

W–B A A W–B
DRL RELAY 6 I1 W–B A/C MAGNETIC
J1 CLUTCH AND
A JUNCTION LOCK SENSOR

W–B
CONNECTOR
W–B

2 IH1 W–B FRONT TURN SIGNAL


I1 AND PARKING LIGHT
LH
W–B

W–B
C W–B FRONT TURN SIGNAL
W–B C AND PARKING LIGHT
(E) RH
DAYTIME
RUNNING J2
LIGHT JUNCTION
W–B C CONNECTOR W–B
RELAY (MAIN) (E2) I1 RADIATOR FAN
MOTOR

W–B W–B
W–B

HTR RELAY 6 WASHER LEVEL


(CANADA) WARNING SW

A. C FAN NO. 2 W–B W–B


5 I1 (GND1)
RELAY
ABS
ACTUATOR
W–B AND ECU
W–B

(GND2)
W–B

EA (* 3) EB (* 3)

DATA LINK BR BR
(EO1)
CONNECTOR 1

BR BR
HEATED OXYGEN I8 (EO2)
SENSOR
(BANK 1 SENSOR 1) ENGINE
CONTROL
BR MODULE
(EO3)
IDLE AIR CONTROL BR
VALVE
BR
BR

(E1)

12
NOISE FILTER BR BR BR COMBINATION
IJ1 (ET) METER
(IGNITION)

17
BR BR BR IGNITION COIL AND
HEATED OXYGEN IJ2 I8
SENSOR IGNITER NO. 1
(BANK 1 SENSOR 2)
BR IGNITION COIL AND
IGNITER NO. 2
BR

21
DATA LINK BR BR
(SG) IJ2
CONNECTOR 3

EC

198
9
W–B
* 1 : W/ THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM * 3 : TMMC MADE 2I ST RELAY
* 2 : W/O THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM * 4 : NUMMI MADE A
4
A W–B
2F
ENGINE MAIN
RELAY
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL W–B A
WARNING SW

A. C FAN NO. 3 W–B A EFI OR F–HTR


5 J1
RELAY 10 2E RELAY
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B A W–B
DRL RELAY 6 A/C MAGNETIC
CLUTCH AND
LOCK SENSOR
W–B A

2 IH1 A W–B
FRONT TURN SIGNAL
AND PARKING LIGHT
LH
W–B

C
W–B C A W–B
(E) FRONT TURN SIGNAL
DAYTIME AND PARKING LIGHT
RUNNING RH
LIGHT W–B C J2
RELAY(MAIN) (E2) JUNCTION
CONNECTOR

W–B A W–B RADIATOR FAN


HTR RELAY 6
MOTOR

A. C FAN NO. 2 W–B


5
RELAY

A W–B
(GND1)
ABS
ACTUATOR
W–B AND ECU
A (GND2)
W–B

W–B

EA (* 4) EB (* 4)

199
J GROUND POINT

DOOR LOCK MOTOR 8


W–B W–B REAR WINDOW
AND DOOR KEY 3A
LOCK AND UNLOCK (* 4) DEFOGGER SW
SW FRONT RH
19
W–B CIGARETTE
W–B 3A
LIGHTER
DOOR UNLOCK
DETECTION SW (* 1) 20
FRONT RH W–B
A 3A RHEOSTAT

DOOR LOCK CONTROL W–B A J17


8
SW RH JUNCTION W–B
CONNECTOR 3B O/D SW
2
DOOR KEY LOCK AND W–B A A W–B
IM2 9
UNLOCK SW RH (* 3) W–B REMOTE CONTROL
3B
MIRROR SW
W–B A A W–B
A/C AMPLIFIER 20
W–B SHIFT LOCK
3B
ECU
CRUISE CONTROL W–B A
3
ACTUATOR W–B
3C CLOCK

CRUISE CONTROL W–B A


2
ECU W–B
J14 3D (UN–) UNLOCK WARNING
JUNCTION SW AND KEY
W–B A CONNECTOR INTERLOCK
LIGHT CONTROL AND 13 10
DIMMER SW W–B SOLENOID
[COMB. SW] 3C 3D (KLS–)

W–B
FRONT WIPER W–B A
MOTOR A A W–B
BLOWER SW
W–B A
FRONT WIPER AND
WASHER SW A W–B COMBINATION
J8 (EP)
[COMB. SW] METER
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
W–B A A W–B A W–B DATA LINK
BLOWER RESISTOR (CG)
CONNECTOR 3

11 7
CRUISE CONTROL SW W–B W–B A A W–B W–B A A W–B NOISE FILTER
IK1 IE (DOME)
[COMB. SW]

1
IH IE IF INTEGRATION RELAY

DOOR LOCK MOTOR W–B CENTER AIRBAG


AND UNLOCK (E2)
W–B SENSOR ASSEMBLY
DETECTION SW
FRONT LH (* 3 * 6)
W–B MOON ROOF CONTROL
SW

DOOR LOCK MOTOR, W–B 13 1E W–B


UNLOCK DETECTION (E)
SW AND DOOR KEY (* 4 * 6) MOON ROOF
LOCK AND UNLOCK MOTOR AND
SW FRONT LH 2
W–B W–B LIMIT SW
1G B1 (E)
A
DOOR LOCK CONTROL W–B A
CONNECTOR

SW LH (* 6) W–B MOON ROOF


JUNCTION

CONTROL RELAY
DOOR KEY LOCK AND W–B A
UNLOCK SW LH W–B(*1)
J15

(* 3 * 6) THEFT DETERRENT
A ECU

13 6
W–B W–B W–B
W–B
(*6)

DOOR UNLOCK
W–B(* 4 * 5)

W–B(* 3 * 5)

1B I2 BA1
(* 1) (* 1) (* 1) DETECTION SW REAR
W–B(*5)

LH
W–B

6
(* 5)

6 ID1 W–B W–B


BB1 DOOR UNLOCK
(* 1) (* 1) DETECTION SW REAR
CONNECTOR

A A A A RH
W–B

W–B
JUNCTION

3
W–B
1B 1 FLASHER RELAY
J16

A A
W–B

2 1C
W–B

1 P/W RELAY
W–B
W–B

(E)
(* 5)
POWER WINDOW
MASTER SW
W–B
(E)
(* 5) ID

200
5
CENTER AIRBAG W–B BR BR
(E1) IG2 FUEL SENDER
SENSOR ASSEMBLY

BR COMBINATION
(ES)
METER

W–B
BR RADIO AND
PLAYER

BR

IF IG

* 1 : W/ THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM


* 3 : TMMC MADE
* 4 : NUMMI MADE
* 5 : W/ POWER WINDOW
* 6 : W/O POWER WINDOW

HIGH MOUNTED W–B A B REAR WINDOW


STOP LIGHT DEFOGGER (–)

W–B A BK
BACK–UP LIGHT LH

W–B A
BACK–UP LIGHT RH

LICENSE PLATE W–B A


J19
LIGHT
JUNCTION
CONNECTOR
SEAT BELT W–B A
RETRACTOR SW

LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT W–B A W–B REAR COMBINATION


KEY UNLOCK SW (* 1) LIGHT LH
A
W–B W–B REAR COMBINATION
FUEL PUMP
LIGHT RH
W–B

W–B

BI BJ

201
J GROUND POINT
: PARTS LOCATION
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
J1 37 J14 37 J17 38
J2 37 J15 38 J19 38
J8 37 J16 38

: RELAY BLOCKS

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)


1 20 Driver Side R/B (Left Kick Panel)
5 20 Engine Room R/B No.5 (Engine Compartment Left)
6 21 Engine Room R/B No.6 (Radiator Support RH)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IE
23 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
IF
1B
25 Cowl Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1C
1E 24 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
1G 24 Roof Wire and Driver Side J/B (Left Kick Panel)
2E 27 Engine Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2F
27 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2I
3A
3B
28 Instrument Panel Wire and Center J/B (Behind the Combination Meter)
3C
3D

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
ID1 42 Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)
IG2 42 Floor Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IH1 42 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Lower Finish Panel)
IJ1
44 Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Instrument Panel Brace LH)
IJ2
IK1 44 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
IM2 44 Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)
BA1 46 Rear Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Under the Left Center Pillar)
BB1 46 Rear Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Under the Right Center Pillar)

202
: GROUND POINTS

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EA 40 Front Side of the Right Fender
EB 40 Front Side of the Left Fender
EC 40 Cylinder Head
ID 42 Left Kick Panel
IE 42
Instrument Panel Brace LH
IF 42
IG 42 Instrument Panel Brace RH
IH 42 Right Kick Panel
BI 46 Under the Left Quarter Pillar
BJ 46 Lower Back Panel Center
BK 46 Under the Right Quarter Pillar

: SPLICE POINTS

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
I1 44 Engine Room Main Wire I8 44 Engine Wire
I2 44 Cowl Wire B1 46 Roof Wire

(TMMC Made) J1 BLACK (NUMMI Made) J1 J2 GRAY J8

A A A A A A A A A   X CC
A A A A A A A   X X X CC A A
A A A A
(Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7)

J14 J15 BLACK J16 J17 BLACK J19 BLUE

A A A A A A A   A A A A A A A A A
A A A A A A A     A A A A A A A
A A A A A A A (Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)
(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

203
H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source
(Fusible Link, Circuit Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.
The next page and following pages show the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.

[LOCATION] 1 : Instrument Panel J/B (See page 22) 2 : Engine Room J/B (See page 26)
48
H
*1: USA, Puerto Rico
*2: Canada
*3: w/ Theft Deterrent System

3 : Engine Room R/B No. 5 (See page 20) 4 : Engine Room R/B No. 6 (See page 21)
49
*1: HEAD (LH) or HEAD (LH–UPR)
*2: HEAD (RH) or HEAD (RH–UPR)
H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

[LOCATION] 1 : Instrument Panel J/B (See page 22) 2 : Engine Room J/B (See page 26)

4 : Engine Room R/B No. 6 (See page 21) 5 : Driver Side R/B (See page 20)
50
H

3 : Engine Room R/B No. 5 (See page 20) 51


*1: HEAD (LH) or HEAD (LH–UPR)
*2: HEAD (RH) or HEAD (RH–UPR)
H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

(LOCATION) 1 : Instrument Panel J/B (See page 22) 2 : Engine Room J/B (See page 26)
4 : Engine Room R/B No. 6 (See page 21) 5 : Driver Side R/B (See page 20)

52
H

3 : Engine Room R/B No. 5 (See page 20)

53
*1: HEAD (LH) or HEAD (LH–UPR)
*2: HEAD (RH) or HEAD (RH–UPR)
H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

[LOCATION] 1 : Instrument Panel J/B (See page 22) 2 : Engine Room J/B (See page 26)
54
4 : Engine Room R/B No. 6 (See page 21) 5 : Driver Side R/B (See page 20)
H

3 : Engine Room R/B No. 5 (See page 20)

55
MEMO

56
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


: Location of Ground Points

: Location of Splice Points

40
G
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

Code Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)


EA1 Engine No. 4 Wire and Engine Wire (Inside of the Intake Manifold RH)

41
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

: Location of Ground Points

42
G
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness *1: w/ Theft Deterrent System
*2: w/o Theft Deterrent System

Code Joining Wire Harness a Wire Harness (Connector Location)


IA1 Roof Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side R/B)
IB1
Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side R/B)
IB2
IC1 Floor Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)
ID1
Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)
ID2
IE1 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Near the Driver Side J/B)
IF1 Front Door LH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IG1
Floor Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IG2
IH1 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Lower Finish Panel)
II1 Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Lower Finish Panel)
43
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

: Location of Splice Points

44
G
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness *1: w/ Theft Deterrent System
*2: w/o Theft Deterrent System

Code Joining Wire Harness a Wire Harness (Connector Location)


IJ1
Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Instrument Panel Brace LH)
IJ2
IK1
Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
IK2
IL1
Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
IL2
IM1
Front Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IM2

45
G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


: Location of Ground Points

: Location of Splice Points

46
G
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness *1: w/ Theft Deterrent System
*2: w/o Theft Deterrent System

Code Joining Wire Harnesss a Wire Harness (Connector Location)


BA1 Rear Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Under the Left Center Pillar)
BB1 Rear Door RH Wire and Cowl Wire (Under the Right Center Pillar)
BC1 Fuel Control Sub Wire and Floor Wire (Rear Wheel House LH)

47
K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
K
K OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM
SYSTEM INDEX 1998 Model (Location No. 1 to 20)

SYSTEMS LOCATION SYSTEMS LOCATION SYSTEMS LOCATION

ABS 16–2 Headlight 4–2 Radio and Player 18–3

Back–up Light 5–4 Horn 14–1 Rear Window 14–3


Defogger

Charging 1–4 Ignition 1–3 Remote Control 9–2


Mirror

Cigarette Lighter 14–2 Interior Light 6–2 Shift Lock 18–2


and Clock

Combination Meter 19–2 Key Reminder and 8–4 SRS 17–2


Seat Belt Warning

Cruise Control 15–2 Light Reminder 8–3 Starting 1–2


Buzzer

Door Lock Control 12–1


(NUMMI Made) Moon Roof 9–3 Stop Ligjht 6–3
11–14
(TMMC Made)

Electronically Controlled 3–2 Power Source 1~20–1 Taillight and Illumination 7–2
Transmission

Engine Control 2–2 Power Window 10–2 Theft Deterrent 13–2

Front Wiper and Washer 8–2 Radiator Fan and 20–2 Turn Signal and Hazard 5–2
Air Conditioning Warning Light
1CCC
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0 OOO
RRR
2OOO
LCLLO
LL
AAR
A1(C
O(C
CLoO t)
LnoA
nRt’;
O L L ATEXT
E L E(–88.6792,–92.2189)
C T R IC A L W IR INfinal
G D IA G R A M (C o n t. (C
n eoxnt t.p angeex)t p a g e )
* 1 : USA, Puerto Rico
* 2 : Canada
* 3 : TMMC
Puerto* Made
Rico
1 : TMMC Made
P o w er (N K** e12 ::yUSA,
Canada
R: em ind
:12w/
e4A/T
MadeNUMMI
Power
nd
r :a1TMMC Made
Power
Cruise
:Window
w/ Made
Window
** 11::TMMC
Control TMMCMade
Window Made
ow
P o wPer
o oe
PSP
Pw ow
w
ow
ou
er ePre
r ePSrc oo
P e
ouurc
row
S
rw
ow
o
SPSeoeur
rc
ow o urc
S
reurc
erwSP
rce
eS ew
oeoroururc
ce
ourc
S
u e
Prce
oow
eruerce
SeoruS
rcoeurc e F roH
n torn
W ip e R em
r a ndo te
W aCsS n
hift
Ttrol
ohe o
MSck na
Sirro
igtarting
ur rnLInte R ar ldia
rior ig
tor
aLCnig D
HFo
dhtar aette
D
aor
E nard
oo
P
zng anrLw
oLin igh
oL R
ck
er
edW
oCE
A ad
rn
C
cater
lec
W
ir
kon T
C
Cia
an
in
oL agto
ntr
tro
on
odo
trol
igh illigh
ntro
ndol TC
ig
FC
h(T
wic loc
tht
an
ru
Ma
C
Hn
lally
tLrditio
R eft
em is
om
kM
U
D
ningaea
dnd
C
indeMIllum
ete
ConbC
deElig
M in
rMA a
ir
htR
trolled
rre
oIS
ng nM
Aad
B ina
tio
in
B
u trol
C
ntS
a
ze) nd
odtio
ezn e)
T
Ign
C ition
ete
nran
Mon
er in
srm
tro io oaond
g s io nR a dM
l is n RRPoelaof
ar
y er
S W
to
BpacinLdo *–4w
kig UNUMMI
ht pD* Lefo
1*ig *:h
gg
*3t 1:*w/
ew/rC hPower
ar ging
S o u rc e S* e3 :aw/ *t 5Theft
B: w/ *Deterrent
*e1Theft :2
lt: 2w/
*W Side
Deterrent
3w/o w/ System
*:a3A/T
rninCruise
*4Power w/o
2:Airbag
*w/ Control
Made
Tachometer
: 2NUMMI
:System
w/o
Window
gPower *Window
Power ::NUMMI
NUMMIMade
* 22Window Made

B–W 15
5 L–Y 1 B 1 W WB 26
6 2 2 R–L B–W 7 7
3B–W 3 R 3 B 48
8 4 4 L–Y W B–W B–G
A B W BW B (M/T) R–L WL–R B A A
B B To Tachometer A
B–Y B–Y B–Y R–L W R–L
BTo A/C Amplifier B B 6
ACCW ACC ACC * 1 : USA w/o ABS, Cruise Control, Remote Control
J16 Mirror, Tachometer L–R B–Y B
V–W A * 1 : w/ Theft Deterrent
[Comb. System
Meter] W
L–R L–R

W
2 : Except 3 USA
2B w/o ABS, Cruise Control, Remote Control B Tachometer w/(A/T)
Moon <20–8> From Cruise Control
(*4)
ACC ACC3 ACCACC 3 L–R JUNCTION Mirror,I11 A * ,1 :I12 R 6 IL2 B <19–3>

B
*L–R B D 1Roof
4 (*3)
B 3 2B ECU<15–4>
1 ACC ACC
5 ACC 2IG1AM1 ACC
3
4 2 AM1
ACC IG1
3ACC4 3 : w/ Cruise Control CONNECTOR D I11 2 : w/o
, * I12 B Moon Roof 1

B
B
W W 2 AM1 L–R L–R
1 B–Y
IG1 L–R
IG B–Y
4 * B–Y
1 IG B AL–B
INTEGRATION DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 D B1P 7 R–L 14 B–W B LG–B B–Y
W 2 2AM1 AM1
W ACC
WACC3 2 2 IG1
AM1
1AAM1
L–R IG14 4 IG1IG14 * 4 :B–Y
B–W w/V Tachometer
3 * 3 : w/ RELAYDoor 10Lock Control POWER WINDOW B J 9 A , J10 B

W
11INTEGRATION From Engine Control
1 3B 6 B–R5MASTER 4 V–WIB

R–L
B–Y

L–R
W
1 J 9* 4A: RELAY w/o
, J10
Door BLock Control, w/o Theft Deterrent system 5 SW IJ2
WAM1 2 AM1 IG1
W 2IG1AM1 4
4 ST1 2 AM1
IG1 4IG1 B–Y 4 IG1 ST1 4 IG1
B–Y B–Y
ST1 B–Y 1 4 20 3C 1 13 3B B–W 2 3B 18 3D B–Y 17 3D 12 3A 2 3A 12 3B 21 3C 11 3A 7 3D

B
B
R

W W 2W2AM1 2WAM1 B–Y 15A4 B–Y VAPOR PRESSURE SENSOR B–Y

<6–4>
BW BW 1 IG 4 IB JUNCTION
Module<2–8>

B–W
W 2 2AM1 AM1 IG1IG14 4 B–Y ST1 ST1 3 1GB–Y ST1 ST1TAIL * 1 : w/ Timer 10 1E B–Y IG * 5 : w/ Theft Deterrent
1 System FRONT REAR 2 LH

W
9 1F JUNCTION3 6 IG D B 4 IB RH CONNECTOR REAR1RHIG

A2
To
R–L

L–R
W
ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1 * 2 : w/ Theft Deterrent System 1 * 6 : TMMC Made 5 1 4 15A

<19–4>

L–R
B CONNECTOR B 1 B B

BR
BR
BR
BR
From Engine
2B 2IG
B IG2 IG 1 B 1
2 B 2 B 4 A3 1 1IG IG 5 B 15 IG B 6 IG10 B 3 B 12 46B IB B18 3B E 4 A B 512 3 B 6 B 5 8 B 5 2G 5

(*3)

HEAD
11 9 B 9 B8 85 7 7

G
V–W
B 14 14 * 10 NUMMI Made 8 B 7 B 7 B 4 LL 2L RL C DL 5
DOME B

Module<2–7>
Module<3–3>
Module<3–2>
ST1 ST1 1
50A HTR

L–Y(*2) FRONT 7 LH
: AB TS

TAIL RELAY
A3

W
BR
BR
2 IG2 IG 11 1 IG 1 GR IG 1 IG 6 1G IG 4 IB 6 IG 3TC IG 6 IG 4 IB 1 IG

A/T (*2)
JI10 5 B

(A/C
2I10 3

P 1V–W
4 A ,7 JAM2 IG2A 6 B–W 10A
2 2IG2IG IG IGNITION
I10I10 SW IGNITION SW
6 IG MG 9 2C 3 2B
[Comb. Meter]

(*1)
L–Y
7. 5A GAUGE 10A 5 11 10A R 15A 2

Connector 1
2 2 2
To Speedometer
7
AM2 AM2 IG2 IG2 6 1 L 3 4 5 16A. C 1 1 1 1 1

B Data Link
11
B 3B JUNCTION L–Y(*1) 9 IJ1 7 ID7 ID7 7IE IE B

From Stop Light SW


B–R

E2
From Engine Control
From Engine Control

W
RELAY

15A DOME
IGNITION
IGNITION SW

RELAY
I10 I10 I10SW

L–Y
R–L
3 3 2

L–W
(M/T) ECU–IG EGAUGEAMade 18 3A C13 10A4C3C , C14 D Interior
STOP Light 10A C
LG–B

2 I10 AM2 ST2 A 8 LUGGAGE 15A * 1 : TMMC 30A SeeSee Interior


From Stop Light SW

A/C MAGNETIC

L
C 4 IB2 7 CONNECTOR B–W R A. C2 L–B 1

10A GAUGEB
R
R

W
40A MAIN W
I8
A/C TRIPLE
2 IGAM2IGNITION SW
AM2 IG2 SW
I102 6IG ICIGNITION E IGNITION
E
IG2 SW9 IC IG2 6 I11
4

DualR–L

L–Y
L–B

L–R

B–Y
P–B
2

L–W
See Turn Signal and

W
W
B–W
B–W
B–W
B–W
<14–3>
D

G–W
7. 5A10 15A 7. 5A CIG * 2 : NUMMI Made GAUGE POWER GAUGE

SW
IGNITION LightSystem<6–2>
System

M1
T2
2 2 2 7 AM2 6 1 ST2 COMPARTMENT <6–4>

L
[PARK/NEUTRAL

ENGINE
9 L–Y L–Y GR 5 3C 4 3D DOWN

Y
V–W Light
S9

Defogger
ABS WARNING

SINGLE
SHIFT LEVER
ST22 INTEGRATION 19 3C IL2 11 2I1 2IG (*3)

R–LSeeTo

L–R L–Y
G
3
TAIL S2 8 4 IB 3 2

W–L
Hazard Light

<17–2> (A/T) LH,


IGNITION SW AIG2 SW
ST2 A ST2 I11 A 7.
10A5A 1A 10A IGN 10A1E 10A CIG 10A ECU–B 1 LIGHT *
2 3 4: 4A/T
2 25 1 <6–2> 40A 6 (*4) 2 Warning

PRESSURE SW

L–Y
B 2 LIGHT [COMB. RELAYMETER] SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR LH SIDE AIRBAG 2 SENSOR RH B

Front
ST2 RELAY
and

2 IG 5 IG 2 IG 5 E2 IG 3 BC1
11 2I 4 BC1 4 IG 5 BC1 81 2I 3 4 2G3D 9 IL1 10 IL1 P 1

From

SHORT
SHORT
I6
I7

B–R M 3
D 15A GAUGE ECU–IG GAUGE 15A2 10A
ECU–IG 20A GAUGE 2 10A 15A * 4 : 3A/T 15A 2 DEF System<5–2> D
To ABSFrom

2 2 ST2 1 E2 10A2 TURN 9 9

JUNCTION CONNECTOR
A A A A

L–RJ 9 A , J10 WINDOW

W SHORT B
BR B

L–Y SENSOR
30A B–W J 3 J 3

W
W
INTEGRATION

Door
To Door
1 ID2 IG I10 4 IB BACK–UP LIGHT SW C14

SHORT
B B1 IG D D

CLUTCH

B–R
2

MANIFOLD
Position

Single Pressure Seat


[Comb.

B–W
B–W
CIG ECU–IG CIG I11 ECU–IG
A WIP D/L GAUGE CIG CIG I11 A 15A R7. 5A 10A B1

PRESSURE
RH,
B

PIN
PIN
<15–3>
5 3C 4 3D 18 3B 19 3BB 2I

B
L–B LG A 5 A JUNCTION 5 JUNCTION 5CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR

B System
L–B
W–L

W–B
ECU<18–1>
7. 5A DRL

W–L L–Y W
Actuator

RELAY

Headlight
TAIL

System<4–2>
and ECU<16–4>

(*2) [PARK/NEUTRAL
To Shift Lock
To Engine Control

See Rear Window


I10 I10 IGNITION SW O/D OFF

SHORT
SHORT
9 A

(*1)
L–Y

NORMAL
(*1) 10A HEAD(LH)

10A GAUGE
1 1 1 2 4 3 2

10A HEAD(RH)

L–W

I13

(*1) B–W
R–W
No. 1,V–W

<7–1>
A B B L B

Fuse<14–3>
DOME IGN
Igniter

GAUGE BACK–UP

I 5 BR–Y
1 VC VTA J13 A

HEAD(LH–UPR)

PINPIN
SHORT PIN
HEAD(RH–UPR)
2 A PIM VC 1 L 6 J18 IA R–L

Control L POSITION
[Park/Neutral

G–W COOLANT
INTEGRATION INTEGRATION

SW<8–3>
L A RELAY

Belt
SW<6–3>

IGNITION SW POSITION SW]7 IC INDICATOR


<1–2>

(*5)2 IG I105 IGC17IGNITION I10 3 IG 8 IC 11 3B 6 11 3 2B 3B 19 3C To Engine Control

(* 6)
<7–3>

L–Y
or
RH<6–2>
<20–8>

Y
B–Y
or

L–R
I 1 10 11E 1 2 2 3 1 2 214(*3)IL1
8 19 2

B INJECTOR
INJECTOR

R–W
I11SW A JUNCTION JUNCTION IL1LIGHT SWLIGHT2

BR
Back–Up
To Luggage

2 9
Front LH<6–1>

SW)RELAY

B–R PIN
PIN
SHORT PIN

B
DUAL I 4 (*1) B
Front RH<6–2> 4 IF 2 9IF B 3 ID

G
AND
10A HEAD(LH–LWR)
IDLE AIR RELAY
10A HEAD(RH–LWR)

DIMMER RELAYLG
1 B–W
ID I10 IGNITION IGNITION 4 1A [COMB. METER] B–W
Compartment

JUNCTION
9 A 2 IJ B 9 2A IDRELAY

SHORT
LG SHORT
INTAKE AIR TEMP.
BSW WIPER 6 (*4)

L–BR LOCK P–B Y–B


1 1 1 B 2FRONT 3B BSW 4 1 3 I11 A Module<2–8> CONNECTOR CONNECTOR 4 3 8
7. 5A 10 5 10A C

INJECTORSW]
9

R POSITION SW
1
CONTROL WASHERL–Y SW[COMB. 8 IK1 B–W B–W

W
INTEGRATION
Ignition Coil

NO.
2 1IG
IB IB1 5IB IG IGNITION SW 3 IG 1 SW] 9 3 2B 6 IG14 1A 8 IG1 10
R–LIG1 7 FIL1 1 6 IEC11 IL1 6 IL1 6 4 IK1

SENSOR
CONNECTOR
From Daytime Running
A I11 I11 BA 1A 1C 2 I11 2A 1 1 13 2 1

SW]<5–3>
10A A A B30A OBD
No. 2<1–3>

2 2 1 5 1GAUGE 9

THROTTLE POSITION
1
3
NO. 2
L
INJECTOR NO. 4

B PIN
LGPIN
Y
Y
4 IJ 5 3C P–B F R–W15I11 VUPL 5 2GFSL ESL
2 2G SSLB(*1) 5 VUPR FSR 5ESR 5

LOCK NO. G
G
G
G
G
G
<20–8> G

VALVE 1B IB1 IB B–Y R–L SSR B

ABSOLUTE
RELAY

W
PERSONAL LIGHT
INTEGRATION C AFrom C Theft

L Relay (Main)<4–3>
Light

From TAIL Relay


AND LOCK SENSORFrom HORN Relay
From ST Relay

To Unlock Warning

ON
SW
Courtesy SW

5A ST
B 1 L–B
A 11 C Deterrent

R Warning
1 Courtesy P–B
1

key Reminder
I11C A D

G–W
GAUGE POWER

OFF
and SeeINTEGRATION
B1 INT1 INT2A EW +2 +1 A +S +B WF

J 4 A , JL–R
130A1IB1IB IB 22 IK1 Light L–B2 6 3D ID 8 5ID IAR–L ID 4 IC R–L W–B 6 IC1 W–R
From DEF I–UP/M–HTR
G–W
G–W

INTEGRATION 1 ID INTEGRATION INTEGRATION ECU<13–4>

<14–2>Meter]<19–4>
(*5)
Module<3–4> To A/C Amplifier
From A/C Amplifier

1 1
From TAIL Fuse

5 B
To Cruise Control ECU
9 A 59 ICA 8 RELAY

SHORT
E WINTEGRATION
E From Stop

(*7)
(*2)

R–L

B–Y
R–B

B 3 B B 4 A A 2 B B 1 A
3 A 4 2

R–WTEMP. R–G
G(A/T)

W
W
V–W
ToB DataALink1 A

R–W
To Speedometer GR–W
D/L
LG–B

2 A A A A

SHORT PIN
SHORT PIN
INTERIOR LIGHT

L–Y
SW<6–4>W 9 IE 10 3C L 10 3C 1 73B 3C 3 IC W W–R V–W 6 IC 10 1E11 R–Y
2I 8 IJ R–L

and
RELAY RELAY INTEGRATION RELAY RELAY
To Door Courtesy SW LG

10A

I11 A SENSOR
9 1 A 9 A5 ID1 9 A 1 A 21 3B 1 3D 9 3D

L
R–L

Y
(A/T) R–B
30A 1 MIST 1 A A F C 15A Connector 1 <17–3> 2 9 C D D

BRL
RELAY

1 IB W R W B–W 13 GR W–R Y–B

W
W
W
See Key Reminder and
G–W JW7
(4A/T)I11 A

LG
R–LB 15A (*1) DEF I–UP/

W–R
4 1A 12 2H 1 IB 11 2I 1 A RELAY 19 9 A

L–B
Rear Light SW R–L

L–R
4 2 1

L–W
(M/T)

IH1 5* 1 : A/T

SENSOR
D/L 15A A J13
See Radiator Fan and

5 1 C I11 J11 D D

To Theft
L
B–WL
L

R
R
R

7. 5A 10 1E GR GR TAIL

R–LW
LG LG–B

PIN W
To Engine

W
W
2 2H 15A3 IE6 1B EFI or 1 M–HTRControl S 6 R–Y R–B

SHORT
[MOON ROOF CONTROL SW]
See

(*2)

V 2 L–Y
C12L–B
P–B
P–B
P

B–W
W–B

G–W
G–W

IGN AM2

<7–1>
J12 7. 5A A 15A
5 AB JUNCTION
JUNCTION

(*1)
(*6)
3C 2 D9 IK1 3A* 29: M/TC 3 C 2 C 13 C

L–YVSV(ORVR)
IB 5 IBOFF 1 IB J 4 A ,2 IB 6 IJ2 7 IJ2 R–W(*3)

W
1 C INTEGRATION

JR–W
R–W

EFI or 8 IJ2 F–HTR GR Module<2–8>

4 A
5 J2ID 2B JUNCTION
9 1B 6 32I IDGR 1 2H 5 5 5 1 1 5 5 10 IE STOP C (A/T) 5 3C 6

To
R–L

L–Y
L–Y
L–Y

ECU<13–3>
B–Y
23 2H2 12H 1 3 2

L–W
B–W
R–B V–W

To Theft* Deterrent
3 : 4A/T

System<8–3>
IGN AM2 5 1CCONNECTOR
INTEGRATION

12 16 5 1 1

L
J11L

LGPIN
CONNECTOR 2 D

Y
6 BC1

W
R
C10 See Engine Control System

G–O

W
W
RELAY
(A/T) JUNCTION

F–HTR

Illumination
CONNECTOR LIGHT

GR
2 2H 121 IB2 3 2F R5 IB2 ECU<13–3>5 IK2 2 IC1 2 IB2

JUNCTION
5 3C 9 A

(*1)

L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
L–B
L–Y
L–Y

R–L
B–Y
B–Y

L–R
Control
R–Y

C D D

W–L
R–G
R–G

L–W
L–W
W–B

R–W
R–W

(M/T)
2IB22H22H2H3 2I 11 1 2IINT JUNCTION C/OPN

Seat Belt Warning System<8–3>


CLUTCH 15A

<2–6>
<15–4>
2 1 2 1
Cruise

W SHORT PIN
Y
B
B Y 7 R–W 8 IB1
B R5 6 * 4 : 3A/T9 IB1 R–W 6 IH1

B , C14

B–W
W
W
R LG
SW

Data
GRR–LJ 7
BR
BR
Air Conditioning System<20–4>

10C IK1 B
W–L CONNECTOR

4 1IB2 2 TAIL CONNECTOR 5 <2–5><2–6><2–7><2–8>


IJ1 11 3B4 1A 18 23B3C

(*3)
R–L

L–Y

CONNECTOR

WDeterrent
B–Y
Y–B
R–B
Y–R

Y–G

L–W
G–R
V–W

W–R
Made System

R–W
R–W
R–W
LR–W

[COMB. METER]
START TAIL

LG–B
L
LG–R
4 13 14 5
6 12 9C13 C , C14 D

L
2 ID1 6 IM2 1A 9 7 IM2 IM2 1 SW ID1 RELAY 8 5ID1IL2 3 ID1 *115 :1TMMC11 IM2w/o Theft 9 Deterrent
IM2 2 2 BA1 E B 5 BA1 5 2 BB1 5 BB1

B
Y
DOOR L–Y Connector
3 CONTROL MIRROR 5 SW
I11

W
W
L–W W
JUNCTION

BR
4 11IB22I 2 2H 72 ID1 2H 4 1IM2IA1HORN1 43CID1 9 9 ID1REMOTE D A19 3C

From Cruise

GR
D
D13A 3A10 D
System<15–2>

B–L
L–Y
ECU

B
B BR–Y B

B–R
B–R
C 1

DAYTIME
B–O

W
W
15A
10A
G–W W–R
B2 TL TB LUGGAGE TR COMPARTMENT * 6 : NUMMI

LG–R
2 2 2 2 B11, J10TLB BTR 1 2 Made 10 1

RELAY
RELAY

R–LLink
R–BR–L

B
H1 P

1 IBLOW 5 IB W–R F IA TB2J 9 A

50A
System SEAT3BELT

LG
LG LG

, J5 B
R–W I11 A
A

GR
CONNECTOR
GR

5 3C 4RELAY B IDL ECT STP– TC SPD


G C11

(*1)
(*1)
SeeRTaillight and(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
R–L (*1)

D 3 <7–1>
P–L
L–Y

H 2 R–L
P

B–OB R–B

2 3 OD 2
A11

LL–Y (A/T) L–W


(A/T)

C18
* 7 : TMMC Made w/ Theft Deterrent System

SRS WARNING LIGHT


50A 50A
D4
Control

LIGHT C15
SW
GR–L

LG–B

RB–R GR
2 1 5
(*2) B J7 4 1 E E DU 1 DD 3 PU 3
PD 1 RLU RLD RRU

L
Y
12 1A 1F 4 1D 6 IC 5 IJ 11 IE 1 IH 22 IJ21 IE

V4
WARNING RRD LIGHT
R–W
R–W

JUNCTION
5

LG

GR
JUNCTION
1 IB2 22H52H IB 8 2G2T 2H 8H 2G 11 1A3 2C 7 P/WIB1 5 3C12 5IE1G 13 IE

L
LL–B VSV
L–B

R–L
Y–B
JUNCTION B 4 2IH1 112 IH1 LH
B(*2)

AM1 JUNCTION TURN SIGNAL SW C19

2
HEADLIGHT

System<19–5>

(*2)AM1
DEF RELAY R HEADLIGHT

L
10 50AA AM1 12 C 2 8 A HIGH OFF 9 11 A B 11 B 7
13 B B 4
18 B 3B
1 A 3 B 9 B 12 A 25 A 1211 B A 24
6 B A 10 A 3 C11 2A8 C 129 A22 C 3C
17 1 C B 2 C 5 5 B
13 3CC 4
20 B A 16 2 A B 19 A 21 C

B
DIODE

CONNECTOR [COMB. A CMETER]

(Vapor
2 B HAZARD 14 BIASW RELAY

HORN
5 3C 11 3B 1 1B 11 A 7 C 9 5A 10

SW
8
CONNECTOR

B–Y
B–Y
P–B
P–B
17 318 2 3 4 1 14 9 123 38 13
(Daytime

WD11
G–W
G–W

AM1 50A 50A 30A 50A

D10
CONNECTOR [COMB.

(*1)INTEGRATION
ENGINE FAN A. C FAN 6 CONTROL ECUA. C FAN

Sensor)
4 5 C 30A

50A
C12

B
50A2 ID1 7 ID1 R–L 6 IM2 4 IM2 4 ID1 9 ID1 R–W
1 ID1 8 ID1 3 ID1 C 5 SW]7 AIM241 5 IM2 1 11
B–W IM2 CRUISE9 IM2 2 BA1 5 BA1 14 103C 1E 2 BB1 5 BB1

WW
W R–W
LH
RH

RSO VC SHVTA +B1 THW THA E2 IB2 #10 13 IK1 #30 12 IK1 ACC#20 14 IB2 KSW#40 8 HEAD IB2 IDLOTAIL TACH SPD R
CTY
10 ELS1 IJ1 DSWP ELS2 DSWD IGT1 DSWL IGT2SRLY AC1 ACT

L–R I 9
D A HORN

L–Y
L–Y
CONNECTORL–B
L–Y
L–B

LIGHT RELAY(Main)
CRUISEL–R

B–R
RUNNING
1

L–W
L–W
EVPWASHER 3BON 82E RH +B2

G–W
4 4 2 12 AM1
+BAM1 AM1 50A PIM MAIN RDI 1 PTNK IGIH1 MB NO. 1 2 NO. 2 13 HTR IGF

WASHER

See Taillight and


L–Y CLUTCH SW
22 3B 4 3B D PI CDS R–L R–W CMS CCS MCNO. 3 MO L GND

G
G
J18 R–L

D13
INTEGRATION LG

[COMB.
J4 A , J5 B

1 1 E B E B C11
A15
R–L

R–B

B
R–B

50A AM1 1B RELAY 2 RELAY

UP
2 2H1 1 15AB 3

See Combination Meter

50A AM1
(*1) 2 7 2 (*1) 2 A A D 3 1

Illumination System
(*2)
3 RELAY 3 IK2 B–O

L
L
L

B
B
B
B
B

G
RELAY JUNCTION

G–W DOOR
CIGARETTE

10A HORN

15A DOME
DOOR
DOOR
2H 2 OPEN DOOR 1 10 1E B 5 3C

DOWN

W (*1)
(*1)
R–L

KEY
L–B
L–R

R–B
TEMP. SENSOR

1 4 2 3 4 1 2 3 11 10 1 7 15 8 81B 16 4
R–G

L–W

W–B
M WIPER RELAY 12I T 3 A , T 4 B THEFT DETERRENT ECU

R 4Pressure
DOME 2 AM1 ODO/

L–B 10A HAZARD


BLOWER

OPERATION
C 8 Running

DOORLEFT/

UP
(*2) 1 2 1 5 1
7 5(*2)
2 2 1 1 2 A C2 1 8 3 1 D 2 2 1 6
G–W A/TL–Y
L–Y

1 C 4 B 11 B 1 B 3 B C 22 C
R–L

3 2B 1 2F 101 2I 2 8 2 B 24 1 A 11 C 9 10 23 19 C 18 C 17 C
R–Y

RADIO

CONNECTOR

F4
LEFT
1 12AF2A WARNING
9 B JLIGHT 11 10 1A T

CONTROL
A/C EVAPORATOR

L–Y
CHARGE WARNING

RIGHT
1 41 1 3 1 3 2 2 5 7A 5 2 1 13 2

WH5
E 5 B6 , E 6 C ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
L ASHTRAY

L–BP–B WATER
MOTOR
R6

2 2 1C A E C 4 52
L
L
L

L–Y
REAR
O 2 R–L

50A
B–Y
21 2A 1 42I 63D3A TRIP 5 A C4, 1E R–Y 18
BB5R

LSHIFT

MOTOR
W–B W
FUSIBLE +BS 10 3A J16 IG1 1 BATT [COMB. JUNCTION
E2 METER] THW VTA CONNECTOR VC THA PIM WA NSW
6 ID2 1STA 13 SPD ID2
TC TS L 2 5 ID2 R STP11
2 3BID2
3B OD2 4 ID2 1 ID2

IGNITION(*1)

L–Y
WL–Y
R L–B

L–R
22 8 7 16 17 11 +BM

L–W
REAR WINDOW
LIGHT[COMB. METER]

B–OLOCK
B–W
W–R G–W

Y FUEL

LOCK

BLOCK
From

100A
KEY
(*3)5

B–W METER]

LOCK
21 1 5 2 JUNCTION 2IK2 1
BEAM

DOOR KEY LOCK


AND

IND SH– DSWH UL3 LSWD ABS ActuatorLSWP11 8 IJ1 8 IG2 3 A


LSWR 9 A E LUG

50A
15A
A12Y
R
R

G–R L2 G–B G–Y9 UL2


R Light)

P/W

W
LG
1 2A 2 LINK STP IG 6 IB2
ACC J11 2 A 5 3C

(*1)
B–L

L–B

L–R
LH

B–Y
P–B
3 A D
RTURNW–L

DOWN G–B
G–Y
TURN RH

W–B

W–R
IK2

G–W
G–W
LG–W
G–WCOMBINATIONG–W
B–LBLOWER

CONNECTOR
LG–B

C7
R DEF

RIGHT/ B–W(*1)
1 11(*1)2I32 IK1 (*1)
LH 3 RH C 2 LH 5 RH 6 1 4 (*4)2 4 1 2 1 and ECU<16–3> 5 6 1 2 1 2

B–RAM1
50A AM1
W DOME D12(*2)15A AM2
12A12A2A3 2B 1 3 2A2B B(*1) L 2 E
LIGHTER

B
74 SHIFT 2LOCK

CYLINDER LIGHT

AM1 FUSIBLEW
W
W
W
SW

P 7(*1)
DOOR
G–R A/C SW
1 2A 1 BLOCK 6 ARELAY 2 A 3 B 8 B 10 B 14 B 16 B 7 A 7 B

TEMP.
(*2)

L–B
L–B

D12(*2)
To
R G–B
G–B

9 B A C 9 1 1 7

ALT
100A ALT
TACHOMETER

F–HTR

(M/T)
CIGARETTE See AJUNCTION
, E B5 B , E 64 C
and 15 ENGINE MODULE

[POWER
AND
4 6 5 4 4 3 E 49Taillight 2 7 3 2 2 11 3 2 103 2 12 8

AM2
D13AND
RHEOSTAT

LEVER

3 B 4 B 2 B 15 B 7 1ACONTROL 10 A 12 A 3 9 A 12 C 9 C 7 C 10 C

[POWER WINDOW

50A
W TPC (*2) FC 1 BATT BLOWER 2NSW STA
RESISTOR (*2) 1TE1 18 2B C R–W
B–R SIL HT1 OX1
R–W
3
CONTROL IL2 SW HT2 OX2 KNK 7 1F
G2 7 IH1 NE– 11 1CNE EO2 EO1 EO3 E1 PSSW

5A ALT–S

W
LOCK
LOCK
J4 A , J5 B

HAZARD SW

EFI or
R2 A , R3 B

CONNECTOR 2 BC1 5 A

(*1)
8

LINK
L–B
L–Y

R–W R–L
R–L

ILLUMINATION[O/D

1 1 3

FUEL R–Y

G–R

W–B
W–B

B–W
EFI orR–W
LIGHTER 1 Illumination 2 O2

F
E

SELECT
3 2B 10 B–R
4 MLH 1 MLV2G 2G MRV 2 2F M+ P 5

W
UNLOCK
L–B UNLOCK
UNLOCK
1 1D IG2 ACC
3 1D A/C 5LA/C 1016 LED PRS5 VUPL5B(*2) MGC
I11 AFSL 9 1E LOCK

W–L GR
<7–1>
7 A1 2A 14 C 1 C 1 A2E 11 2F 15 B MRH SIL CPU 16 C8 71D2G A/C+ 12 81B BLA 6 B4 1B 14 B1BIL1 55 BA 45 TC 13 B A/C LESL 5 A SSL+2 1E 17 VUPRA8 1A 4 A FSR A SG A
ESR B SSR+ A TE A
PLAYER

L–B

F1
JUNCTION P1
R–W

1 System<7–1>
LG Relay(Main)<4–1>

O/D

CONTROL
C14

SPEEDOMETER
1 1 4 54 C 4 4HI 1 16 3 17 2 C 34 14 2G LO 23 1 22 19 3

AM1
CONTROL
L

20 +BB 2S1 S2 3 (*1)SL EO3 E1 OD1 IDLO TE1 STP


1 3A 4 3D

B
Y
Y
Y
B

GL–RL–O
4 B–W W–B

W–L
G
G
G
C 9 ABS ACTUATOR
EO1 AND EO2 ECU

FW4
W
SW]
L–B

DEFOGGER

R–L
RELAY
3 (*1) 4 (*1) C 3

G–R
G–R
R–G

L–W
ILLUMINATION

R–W
B–W
B–W
B–W

2 CONNECTOR 1 3 7 8 26 9 B 3 10 3 MJ13 13 6 (*2) 14M 13 7 INTEGRATION


8 M RELAY M Cruise

50A AM1
(Shielded) 26 13 16 14 6 SW

WW B
R–Y B
B
B
B

4 1 12A2A 4 3 2B 1 41 5 5 8 R–G L–B 7 IK1 W–R G–W To15 3C

R8
R–B SW[COMB.

R7
CLOCK

J 7L–W[FRONT
Y–B See Taillight

L–W CONNECTOR
L N12 23 13 A 26 A 5 16 IK1 A 12 B S46 C

SW
[FRONT
(*2)
E

LB1
R–L

SW
F–HTR RELAY

Module<2–5>
3 (*2) D 2
R–W R

WINDOW
W
3 (*2) 15A 225 AB , 21 C 6 AC B 14 M 3 3C IB2M15 B R–Y M

LG–BLOCK CONTROLLG–B
JUNCTION Control ECU

UNLOCK LOCK
LOCK
4 14 42 4 ME210 IK2 ME1 A P2 C C BC 4 CAA B, C B M2 1 ID1 1 (Shielded)
3 IM2 1 7 BB1
IlluminationSW
B

JUNCTION R
M 72 BA1

POSITION SW

B W
W

TAIL T BRK PKB 1 IB2IG 11 10IB2IB2 A 3+B 2 BH–LP DIM H 12 1E HI 9 1C STOP


To Daytime Running Light

Engine[REAR

FUSIBLE
(*1)AM1 UNLOCK
L UNLOCK
4

N
B R 2 A T, RH3 BEL HL HU HF

R–W
BG–W
INDICATOR

(*3)6 CONNECTOR

LH
RH
F 4F 4 J18

LOCK
LOCK
R–BILLUMINATION

1 14 DOME 1 1 1 6

UNLOCK
G–RUNLOCK
2 D A

Control
L–Y

1 2A GND (Shielded) A C AC1 IGN

B
B
P
MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY

L–YUNLOCK SW
E A S 31D 3 A

1
LIGHT
BR
BR
BR

1 3 2B (*1) 7 IJ1 48 AIC1 ACT5 <15–3>


A
L–R
L–R

3 (*1) 2 B CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY 6 C 7 12

YLOCK DETECTION
FUSIBLE C11 A , 2C14 D 3 P2 3 (*4)3 JUNCTION

C15

G LOCKBCONTROL

BLOCK 100A
TURN
4 F4

R G–R L–BTAILLIGHT
4 10 83 B (Shielded)
and Y

FL+10 2C FR– RL+ RL–RADIO ANDRR+PLAYER RR–


I3 GND2 1F 5 IC1
MALFUNCTION

(Main)

W
ADAYTIME 4 2FRUNNING
LOCK ECU LIGHT RELAYFL–

F4
Airbag
LH
1 2A F 4 FUSIBLE A12 6 AFR+ 12 A I 2 A10

JUNCTION
SW 43 B 4GND1
BR(*1)

P 1 UNLOCK SW RH
B–L

LINK
R–L

NOISE
T3 (*2) EL 3 (*2)SHIFT OFF 5 IG 6 4

FUSIBLE
F 4LINKLINK
F 4F
BLOCK
BLOCK 4FUSIBLE

LOCK W LINK100A
W–B B(*1)

BR–R
4 4 1 1 B 4

L
L
L

1 2A H CHG– CSB L–O D+ CSO D– CSE P+ E P– E2


FL+ FL– IND 4 2F FR+ 10
H–ON 2C DRL2
FR– 8 2EG PL+ DRL PL– PR+ PR– +SL –SL +SR –SR E1 R–B CONNECTOR +BE21

B
B
V
(Ignition)
B–W IGNITION COIL AND IGNITION COIL AND

W
W
W
W
W

CRUISE CONTROL

P 7(*1) DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW


LAMP

MASTER
RH
BR
BR
BR
System BR

FUSIBLE D D20 4 A/C 15 B 9 D D21A/C A +B D19

(*2)
(*1)
(*3)
(*2)
(*3)
R–L
R–B R–L
R–L

L–B
L–Y
L–B

W–BCONNECTOR
L–R

WR–Y
B–R
R

1 21 J13 10 3C 20 C SW 6 8 D5 ACC1 4A 18 2 4AMPLIFIER 3 B 3 D1812 C 4 16

100A ALT
ALT
G–B

G–R
W–L

B L–W
W–B
W–B
METER ILLUMINATIONW–B
W–B
W–B
W–B

(A/T)

B–W
B–W
DETECTIONW–G
W–G
W B WW–G
W–G
W–G
W–G
W–G
W–G
W–G

SW LH R–W
LG G–W
R–W
G–W

FUSIBLEFUSIBLE LINK
FUSIBLE

BLOCK
I11 C12 B , C13 C , C14 D

100A
100A 100A
100A
JUNCTION
4 2 BLOCKLINK4 2 19 3 B 6 2

PARKING LIGHT LH
PARKING LIGHT RH
B 5 1B 9 1D A , I12 B B A1D A B 1F 1F C11 A717 ,1IE

R
1 IGNITER NO. 5 IGNITER NO.

SW
D14
D17

BLOCK
LINK DOOR
6 2A 2 MOTOR,
C 6UNLOCK
1A SHIFT2 LOCK A 1 1A16 1 D14 5 C 11 BDOOR12 LOCKD15
B 1 MOTOR 6 B AND 5 B DOOR
16D162B LOCK (*2)B 5
MOTOR DOOR
17D17 B LOCK MOTOR

FUSIBLE
W–BLH
DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH
From Center
R–Y

D15R

13 INDICATOR 6 10LIGHT B2 15 9 B 5 5 1A 21 LOCK 18 11 2 25 (*1)1 A1 16 C

W–L

RALT
G–R

F 4 W–B
W–B
LG COMB.W–B
[REAR COMB.W–B
LINK BLOCK LINKBLOCK
BLOCK 27 BA 128 B JUNCTION

SW RH
F4 J7 1 C

T1
A

SW]
L–B
CONNECTOR
(Shielded)

(A/T) TURN SIGNAL


TAILLIGHT LH B
B
P
L–B V
P
B

W OFF 7 ID5 1 TAIL


EA1 MTR+ L–B MTR– LS. A LS. 2 GND OPEN DOWN UP

SIGNAL
R
GRR–WPARK/NEUTRAL L–R G
BR–R SOLENOID

J 9 ASensor
DOOR
DOOR
DOOR
DOOR

W
W
BR–Y W

4
R–B D16BR

BLOCK SW AND DOOR DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR 4 KEY DOORLOCK LOCK
ANDMOTOR REAR DOOR LH11LOCK REARDOOR

G J4 A , J5 B
INTEGRATION RELAY IJ1 COMBINATION METER
RH LOCKCLOSE D IG
JUNCTION

D B
FRONT
FRONT

R–L
R4

1 12 3 DETECTION 10 7A KEYA 1 11C(*2) IJ211 1F


METER] R–B

11 2 CONNECTOR 3 22D

ALT
100A ALT 100A ALT
ALT ALT
ALT
1FL1 MAIN FUSIBLE LINK
14 [COMB. 91METER] 1 3 JUNCTION F W 3 E 4

COMBINATION

B B
B
Y
3 2B G–W 7 IG2

LIGHT

40A MAIN

SW
W
LIGHT

Assembly<17–2>
LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH UNLOCK SW FRONT RH HTR
L–BY BR
REAR RH

7 A 11 UNLOCK DETECTION SW 6 1 1E FRONT RH MOTOR REAR 4 LH IJ1 MOTOR


A B REAR RH
W–B REAR

J12

LINK
F 4 FUSIBLEF LINK
B CONNECTOR

1 CMS 4 CCS 2 3 4 3 5
2 8
4 B 9 11 1 2 7 4 3 IL1

100A ALT
LIGHTY–G

W–L
W–B
W–B

F4 TAIL 1 LH A1 SLS+ CONNECTOR WATER TEMP. SWHEAD R11 A , R12 B

BLOCK
RH

4 2. 0L 4BLOCK 1 R 114 IK1 D B BR–Y


L–B B 3 1F (Shielded)
1 IL2 12 IL1 (Shielded) 1 3 W–B E 2

E3

B
B

FL+ FL–
RESUME/ FR+ FR– RL–
J18 13 IJ2RR+
RELAY RR– GND
DETECTION
DETECTION

9 B 10 IB1 11F IB1 5 IB1 FRONT LH 4 IB1 13 IB1 14 2IB1 RL+ 8 3B

(*2)
D
R–L
L2

(Shielded)
Y–R

1 1 2 A

100A ALT
G–R

(*
LIGHT
W LH]

W–B
W–B

To Engine

LIGHT
or
1 1 FUSIBLE 8 RADIATOR M E 2E (Radiator Fan) IJ1 JUNCTION

FromC12
C D A M 2

BRRH]L
E A

(*1) R Deterrent

B
B
B
B

B 12 IK2 11 IK2 6 IK2 W BA/C

Y
D 5CONDENSER

W–B
W–B
100A (*3) 8 3C 2 B19B 3A 6 ACCEL
B 20 A 6 6 3 A 7 B

B1)
(* 1)
(* 1)
(* 4)
L–Y
L–Y
L–B

L–R
1 3C 1 B 4 5 B 2 4A
MC A1L REAR 1WINDOW

G–R
G–R
R–G

L–W

W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B

W–R
REAR LH B–W

UNLOCK
UNLOCK
UNLOCK

HEAD LOW

CONTROL
LINK BLOCK FAN MOTOR FAN MO6 CONNECTOR

BLOCK
W–B DEFOGGER

ENGINE

From
CONTROL SW
DETECTION SW
SW
R–G DETECTION SW

8 C B 1 J17 3
BR–W

Module<2–8>

100ABALTB
B
LIGHT B
Y
P

7 ID W–B 2 MOTORIJ1SLS–5 A IG2 E


R
R

R–G
G

EA KLS+ DIODE 6 W–B

LH]
DEFOGGER

RH]
ALT

JUNCTION

W–B ECU<13–4>
CRUISE

BR–R

R–LMASTER SW] (A/T)FLASHER<1–2>


1 IG2 4

FUSIBLE
(*1)
, J10 B J 2(*2)
R–L

BLOCK FUSIBLE LINK


L–B
P
B

1 3 F 3 E2

100A ALT
G–B
G–Y
G–B
G–Y
G–Y

G–R
G–R

R–G

W–B
W–B
R–W W–B
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT W–B

(A/T)
(A/T)
G–W
G–W
R–W

F4 U1

Position
<15–3>

2 1 3 5 6 E

B L
184 ID1
IJ2 9 19(Door
ID1 IJ2 1 JUNCTION 7 IM2 5 IM2 J18 6 AIJ1 12 IJ1
B

FB4

RELAY
Courtesy)
R8

W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B

Clutch
BR RR7
J 9 A , J10 BG–W

COURTESY
WINDOW

R–LLG
J9 A

CONNECTOR
C15 3 1B
SW

LUGGAGE

1 B

(*2)
(*1)

ToControl

SECURITY
L–B
Cruise
P2

(Shielded)
R–B

1 TE1 2 3 D16 IK1 B 1 4IK1 15 IK1

G–R
W–B
C

R FILTER SW R–W
FUSIBLE FUSIBLE
16 LINK CONNECTOR 2C JUNCTION J17 HIGH UNLOCK

BR–R
2 1 A 4 EP A E1 2 5 3
1 1 6 3 2
2 5

L
R–Y V
V
W–G R–Y G–W Y

R–Y R–B(*5) W–B 1C


12 6 32 BA1 3 4 R–Y R–Y
R

REAR
W

JUNCTION
R–W(*5) ST IM2 10SET/

50A ABSF 4(M/T)<1–2>


[REAR

LG
2

THEFT DETERRENT
CONNECTOR
[REAR

2 1G 15 3D 15103B 14 3DIM2 7 51E3D8 IM2 15 3A 4 6BA1 14


BA13A 8 BA15 63BBB1 18 3C 13
BB161B 3C 8 BB1 17 3C3 BB1 20 3A
JUNCTION

Y–B (*3)
(*3)
(*4)

LINK
Y–R W–B L–Y

HOOD
R–Y L–R

COMBINATION1SW

LIGHT[COMB.
KEY UNLOCK

D 1W–B
W–B
E F4 E

F1
F2
1 LINK BLOCK 7 JUNCTION WARNING

R–Y BR–Y
1 4 1 2
3 (*1) 6 2 C+2 2 +1 1 S A B 3 A FCONNECTOR

L
L–B
4

B
Y
Y
Y
W–B CR–B
Y
R–B

B BLOCK 1 W–B13 Y–R W 1 J2 A 2 2 4IE1 1 IE1 A 1 II1 2


4 II1 1 SW 6 8 IL1

Start
B–W
RELAY COAST

J 6L–B (*1) C13

Theft W–B(*4)
W–B(*2)

AND
BR

9 W–B3B 6 118IFIL11 6

CONNECTOR
J15(*2) 17 IL1D B
[REAR

L
See

(*1)
(*1)
(*1)

B L L
L
J17
CONNECTOR

Y–B

Y–R
1

100A ALT
100A ALT
Y–G
G–B Y–G
See Engine

1 FUSIBLE M FLASH J11


COMPARTMENT

FL MAIN 5 P 1 8 4 6 (*2) 3 1 3 2 FUEL


A CONNECTOR A 2 3 2 A 2 S 7

(*1) LIGHT
E A

L
L–R
R +B E1 B W–B L–B R

DATA LINK
W–B

SW(A/T)
BATTERY

R–B(*5)
H4 DRL
Control

(Shielded)

FRONT
<2–5><2–7>

CLTB JUNCTION J16(*1) 13 IK2


L–B

R Park/Neutral
TURN

S1 SL A
UNLOCK REAR TURN

[COMB.

SWW–B
W–B

F FL
0L MAIN LINK BLOCK JCLTS CLTEB 8 IK2JUNCTION 1 M F

SW
B6 SEAT BELT
POSITION
POSITION

FL 2.MAIN A/T SHIFT 1 LEVER 9 A2 , J10 A C16 4 A A S2 C13 E 1

To

HORN
C A

B
B
B
B
B

CONNECTOR
B FL MAIN 3 A3C
CONNECTOR 13 PUMP3C 8 3A J 1B B 7 W–B 13 3C
W

M
COMB.

Y–R LH
RELAY

J1
1W–B(*1)
BR

JUNCTION
B

R–WLIGHT RH
20 3B W–B11 IK1 3 IH1
(*1)

LB L L
CAMSHAFT

G–R P L–B
L–B

W–B Y–G L–R


L–R

R 8, J10R–B

(Shielded)
13 1E HORN 12 3 3 16

Y–R W–L
G–R

R–G
R–G

L–WW–B MOONL–W
LIMIT
SWW–B

CONNECTOR

R–W
LH RH

1
STOP LIGHT

12. FL
0L
MAINMAIN 2.
FL0LFL
MAINFL
MAINMAIN1 C13 HORN SW BACK–UP JUNCTION BACK–UP RETRACTOR SW
6

W–B (*1) BR–R


2. 0L POSITION SW A 7 A
2 1 21 A 3 A 2 A 1 1 5 3 1 5 REAR
2 WINDOW 5 2 5 2
F
LS1

LB
B
Y

G–R
B FL B 2 1C DR–W 15 IL1 6 IK1 R–Y G–R
Interior

W–R L INDICATOR
D11

W–B METER]
W–B

D10
[REAR COMB.

INDICATOR
JUNCTION
L JUNCTION
H 7 ECU

FL MAIN
COMB.

CONNECTOR

J1
DIMMER SW H BR
BR
BR

JUNCTION HIGH BEAM

From ” ST” Fuse<1–4>


<6–4>

R–W (*1)
(*2)
J19
R–L
CRANKSHAFT

L–Y

15 A A
(Bank
7

G–Y R–W(*4) B–W

W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
B COMB.W–B
W–B
W–B

G 2. 0L
2. 0L 2. 0L 2. 0L
2. 0L [COMB. SW] J6
U41ID1 A , J5 B LIGHT LH CONNECTOR G
K1

TURN
Y–B TURN
TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR

<15–3>
[PARK/NEUTRAL
OPEN

A 3 A 2

L
L
LH

R PSystem<6–2>

W–B 2 A W–B 9 IC1 W–B 2 1C W–B 13 1E LIGHT RH13 3C


UP B

DOWN

W–B B
STOP LIGHT RH

W–B
CLOSE

CONNECTOR
SW

2. 0L 4CANCEL
B 4 B
1

(*5)
BR
G–W MCONNECTOR

SPIRAL IH1 SIL KEY INTERLOCK HT OX HT


4 IC1 OX 1 IC1 DEFOGGER3 IC1 2 43DB
LIGHT

(*3)
Cruise
R–L

ECU<13–4>
(*1)
Y–R

From L–O

10 2 2 A SU SD 1 SU SD
1 4
1 2 A2 1SU 1 SD
(Bank

To TheftW–B
W–B
W–B

W–R
SIGNAL

FL MAINFL MAIN METER]


SIGNAL

INDICATOR LIGHT A A

L
B–WL
B BR–W

B
R–W POSITION 8 SW]IF1 LIGHT[COMB.
3 IF1 6 IF1 8 IM1 D32 IM1 6 IM1 13 3C W–B R–W
Light
LIGHT

R METER]
JUNCTION

JUNCTION
R–B FRONTJUNCTION

BR
BR

SOLENOID (*1)
KNOCK

10 D A16 B CABLE 3 3
SENSOR

(Shielded)
(Shielded)
(Shielded)
(Shielded)
(Shielded)

8 (*2) A 12 SE A 3 3
W–B
W–B

H H
HEATED
SIDATA LINK J19

L–B LIGHT
3 [COMB. METER]
HIGH MOUNTED

L–O 2. 0L 2. 0L L–O FL MAIN 2 1C W–B CONNECTOR +B E1 W–B A R–B(*1)GND 7 IE L–O


POWER STEERING OIL

JUNCTION
AUTOMATIC LIGHT [UNLOCK WARNING +B SW] E1

CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
3 1B J15(*2)
W–B Control System
R–L

Deterrent
A A
B–G

LGLH]

W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B

From Generator
IH1
FL MAIN FL 0L
2. MAIN JUNCTION 13 1E E
H 3 LOCK
From

A 12 1 CONNECTOR 2 3 1
AND UNLOCK 1 2 1 1 B
ROOF MOTOR
STOP Module<2–8>

SIGNAL
SIGNAL

AND UNLOCK
B FL MAIN BAT
10
25 3D 2D
CG 9 2I2 6 B

Control
2 1C CONTROL SENSOR 13 13C

W CONNECTOR
J 1CONNECTOR
BR
BR

J16(*1) C162 23 1B B 2C B 3 B 1B 12B


LIGHT

A B SG A M
VG–W B–W UNLOCK

B L L 2. 0L
L
B3 2 4 2 4 3 4 136 1E4
LS2 LIGHT LH]

R–W W–B
W–B
W–B

LIGHT RH]

I 2. 0L 2. 0L M 3 CONNECTOR I
UP
(Shielded) UP
SENSOR UP

LG
1B–R 3 2 A 1 IG+ A 1 3 2
R–W(*5)
W–B P 7 IF1 3
9 IF1 7 IM1 To Engine
A
9 Control
IM1 Module
10 13
IG2 3C 9 B IG2 BR 4 IG2 3 BRIG2
Sensor 2)

R–L W–B W–B


FUEL SENDER

R–G
P4
W–B

2. 0L
Stop Light SW

E2

Deterrent

JUNCTION CRUISE CONTROL CRUISE CONTROL MOON ROOF

BR–R
3 2 IM2 6
3 ID1 2 IM2 +SL SW –SL 2 IM2 6 ID1
+SR –SR
LIGHT RH] P 5

W–B DOOR KEY LOCK


W–B (*2)
HEATED OXYGEN

13 2
Y NO. SW
B

16 4 5 A

W–BSW

W–B
GLOCK–UP
W–B

R–W

BATTERY
RH

J1 J19
BR
Theft

FL MAIN
W–BDOWN
DOWN
DOWN

B
Y–GBR LIGHT LHY

1 Sensor 1)
W–BSENSOR

R W–B R W–B W–B <2–8>D W–B W–B U W–B W–B D A R


W–B
W–B

ECU
1 A CONNECTOR (*6) (*7)
W–B(*2)

BR

(*2) (*1) W–B W–B[COMB. SW] U ACTUATOR UCONTROL W–BSW D


From Engine Control

OXYGEN

L–B
L–B
Y–G ECU<13–3>

(A/T)
UNLOCK (A/T)
JUNCTION(*1) G–R
NO. 2W–B

J 1G J
TEMP.

JUNCTION A R–W(*4) A 1E W–B JUNCTION J19


J14 A1 B J19

B
J 1 W–B A
POWER

POWER

BR
BR

J11

(*1)
(*2)
(*5)
(*2)
3 1 1 3 1

W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
GW–B
BR–R W–B
DOOR KEY LOCK W–B
W–B
B W–B
P 6 W–B

BATTERY BATTERY

R–W
LOCK R R–W
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR JUNCTION
JUNCTION JUNCTION
CONTROL

AJ15 JUNCTION BR J3 8
BR

1 E A A
B

B W–B W–B W–B IJ2 W–B IJ2 W–B W–B 2 1C B


CONTROL

R–W W–BP
V
Y

W–BW–B
CONTROL

J1 J8 J8 J 8J 8 2 J8
W–B W

BATTERY BATTERY

(*1)J 1
LG

BR
V1 JUNCTION L R–W

(*1)
(*1)
(*3)
A

W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B W–B

K BATTERY BATTERY
BATTERY HI M LO OFF A JUNCTION CONNECTOR
M M JUNCTION CONNECTORJUNCTION
A CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR IG B
JUNCTION CONNECTOR K
W–B To Engine

1 B
Y
Y

2 1C 13M21E M M1 2 1C 2 1C
G

W–B W–B W–B W–B


SENSOR

JUNCTION JUNCTION JUNCTION JUNCTION


W–B

J8
J8
J8

BR
BR

A14 A13 VEHICLES4 S5 E1 IG2 (*2)


5 P12 P13 A7 A8
W PRESSURE SW

[Comb.

5 17 3 A
WATER TEMP.

LH W–B
W–B
1 RH W–B
ToW–B
W–B
LW–B

BATTERY BATTERY F

D6
D7
1CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
W <19–5>
W–BFrom Engine

A A A A 1 A A
1 A A A A A 1 1
A A2 1 A A
1 A 2 A 2 A 1 A A A 2 A A1 A A A A
To

(*5)

B B
SENSOR

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR A


B W–B

BATTERY BATTERY
Module<2–8>
Module<2–8>
Module<2–7>

AIRBAG
B5 SQUIB AIRBAG SQUIB SPEED SIDE AIRBAG
SENSOR SIDE 2 AIRBAG
ELECTRONICALLY
6 13 PRETENSIONER
13 13 CONTROLLED
B 2 2 PRETENSIONERCONNECTORAIRBAG2SENSOR 13 AIRBAG
2 SENSOR13 2 2 13 13
2 S13B
(*1)
8

A A A
W–B
W–B

L BATTERY A L
POWER WINDOW

J14
P SENSOR]

R W–BDOOR
A A A A 1 A J14 1A A
From WINDOW

W–B WINDOW

BATTERY BATTERY J14 W–B BATTERY J 8W–B A 8J 8 1 W–B A W–B W–B W–B W–B
1 AW–B W–B J14 W–B 1 W–B W–B 2 W–B W–B W–B
A W–B W–B A W–B W–B J14 W–B J 8 W–BA W–B AA A W–BA W–B W–BA W–B A W–B
W–B J 8W–B BR W–B W–B A A

(*4)FRONT
W–B JUNCTION
A (Steering W–B A (Front Passenger 2 J 8JSQUIB LH SQUIB RH
2TRANSMISSION ALH SOLENOID RH FRONT LH FRONT 2RH
BR

BLOWER
W–B J14SW F 3
BR[ENGINE COOLANT

W–B
G W–B
W–B

1C 1C 1C 1E 1C 1E 1C 1E
1C
Control

JUNCTION JUNCTION JUNCTION JUNCTION JUNCTION


JUNCTION JUNCTION 2 JUNCTION 2 1 JUNCTION JUNCTION 1 1C 1E 2 B1EJUNCTION
JUNCTION A 2 1

(* 2)
Module<2–5>

BR BR W–B ID11E 1E 1 1E BR 1C BR

W–B
W–B W–B
BR W–B

JUNCTION
R JUNCTION
JUNCTION

Wheel
SWDFRONT

Deterrent
Meter]

FRONT MOTOR (*2)

CONNECTOR
R13Pad) Assembly) R14

W–BFRONT LH
RH

W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B

S 1 A , S 2 Airbag B M M M
Engine Control
G Control

CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTORCONNECTOR


WIPER CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTORCONNECTOR
TheftBR

F5 FM6 R9 R10
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR

W–B SW REAR LH

W–BV To Engine Control


W–B SW REAR RH

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR A 5 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR 21 (*6) A 6


D 9SENDER

ECU<13–4>
RH

W–B Left kick Right Instrument


kick Left kick panelLeft kick
Left
Left panel
kick
kick
kick STARTER
Rightpanel
kick Front Front sideInstrument
ofside Front
side Front
Instrument
ofsideInstrument
Left
ofside
kick
Rightofpanel
Front panel back
sideInstrument
ofInstrument From Theft
Front Deterrent
Under
Under
sideInstrument
ofBR
the
theleft
leftRight
panel
A17 FRONT DOOR
Left Left
kickkick
Left panel
kick Cylinder
Instrument
panel Left
head kick
head
side of FRONT
A18 DOOR
Lower
Cylinder
Right back
Kick
LeftLeft head panel
kick Instrument
Right
Instrument
panel Under
Instrument
Left
kick kick
Leftthe REAR
Right
panel
panel
kick panel
Left SPEAKER
Left
kick
panel Instrument
kickkick
panel panel LH
Right Lower
Under REAR
Instrument
kick the
Instrument
rightSPEAKER
quarter
Front side
theRH
pillar
Under
Instrument
left
ofLeft
Instrument Instrument
thekick
left
Instrument
Left
panel Under
kick
Leftpanel
Instrument
kick
the
Cylinder W–B
SW REAR LH

LH RH P P10
SW REAR RH

ID IH ID ID IGLeft
IH ID ID EB side EB IEofFrontEB EB ABS
FrontSPEED
EB IE
ID SENSOR
BJ IE EB
kickIELower ABS IHSPEED EB SENSOR
BI PIE8IG ID ABSBI SPEEDIEpanel SENSOR
ID
EA
IHCylinder
ID Front EC
BJ9IDEC ID IDABS
EC SPEED
IHpanel
BI SENSOR
ID IE IF ID
IE
IH ID BKpanelID
BJ
IH IEback EB
BI IE
UnderIDIE BI
EC
IE IE IE
ID
BI
Bulb Check Relay

M IJ2 EBECU<13–4> SPEAKER LH SPEAKER RH G 1 P11 A , GIG 2 IEB M


panel panelpanel brace RH panel panel
panel the left the
fender
leftoffender
the
panelFRONTthe
braceleft
the
LH
fender
LHleftthe
panel left fender
fender
panel
brace brace theLH panel
left fendercenter
panel
panel
FRONTbrace
brace
RHLHRH the left
POWER quarter
quarter
fender
brace pillar
pillar
LH
WINDOW REAR panel
LH panel brace panel
the right
LH
POWER fender
center
kick
WINDOW
REAR RH panelbrace left
brace
panel
quarter
LH LHbrace panel
LHbracePOWER LH panel panel
panelcenter
WINDOW brace
panel quarter
the quarter
fender
pillar
panel
leftpanel brace panel
brace
pillar
brace
LH
POWER LHbrace
LH
left LH
panel
WINDOW panel
head
left fender LH pillar GENERATOR
DOOR COURTESY
Y DOOR COURTESY

MOTOR FRONT LH MOTORpanel FRONT RH MOTOR REAR LH LHbrace LH MOTORquarter REARbrace RH RH

DOOR COURTESY SW
COURTESY SW
pillar
K

You might also like